RUBY 3100 - SPECIFICATION-Rev. CH4 - 2021-10-12

Neptun Ship Design GmbH
ship design / marine engineering
RUBY 3100 NEPTUN 18057 Rostock, K.-Dunkelmann-Str. 4, Geb. 247

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925
e-Mail:[email protected]
3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

Building Spec. – HEADER Total pages: 220 Drw.-No. 3312-0100-0010-CH4
BUILDING SPECIFICATION

3,100 TEU
Container Vessel

Type

RUBY 3100 neptun

Version: CH4

2021‐10‐12
NSD Rostock/Germany
 The contents of this document is the property of the b. m. originators and mustn’t be brought to the knowledge of any
third parties in original nor by reproduction as a whole or in parts.
Originators: Neptun Ship Design GmbH
RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

18057 Rostock, K.-Dunkelmann-Str. 4, Geb. 247
Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Building Spec. – Part 1 page 1 of 28 Drw.-No. 3312-0100-0010-CH4

3,100 TEU
Container Vessel

Type

RUBY 3100 neptun

Version: CH4
SFI GROUP SYSTEM

Part 1 – GENERAL
Part 2 – HULL
except 27 (PAINT)
Part 27 – PAINT
Part 3 – EQUIPMENT FO CARGO
Part 4 – SHIP EQUIPMENT
except 41 (NAVIGATION) & 42 (COMMUNICATION)
Part 41, 42 – NAVIGATION, COMMUNICATION

Part 5 – EQUIPMENT FOR CREW
Part 6 – MACHINERY MAIN COMPONENTS
Part 7 – SYSTE6S FOR MACHINERY MAIN COMPONENTS
except 79 (AUTOMATION SYSTEM FOR MACHINERY)
Part 79 – AUTOMATION SYSTEM FOR MACHINERY

Part 8 – SHIP COMMON SYSTEMS
except 86-89 (ELECTRIC)
Part 86-89 – ELECTRIC

2021‐10‐12
NSD Rostock/Germany


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

10 - General Description ......................................................................................... 3

101 - General Remarks ....................................................................................... 3
102 - Type of Vessel............................................................................................ 5
103 - Principle Dimensions .................................................................................. 6
104 - Class and Flag ........................................................................................... 7
105 - Cargo Capacity........................................................................................... 7
106 - Tank Capacities........................................................................................ 12
107 - Deadweight .............................................................................................. 13
108 - Machinery ................................................................................................. 13
109 - Speed, Cruising Range and Fuel Oil Consumption .................................. 14
11 - Stability .......................................................................................................... 15
12 - Noise and Vibration........................................................................................ 16
121 - Vibration ................................................................................................... 16
122 - Noise ........................................................................................................ 16
123 - Sound Insulation....................................................................................... 17
13 - Rules and Regulations ................................................................................... 17
130 - Rules and Regulations ............................................................................. 17
131 - Certificates ............................................................................................... 20
14 - Design Principles ........................................................................................... 22
140 - Language ................................................................................................. 22
141 - Dimensions and Units .............................................................................. 22
15 - Drawings ........................................................................................................ 22
150 - Approval ................................................................................................... 22
151 - As Built Plans ........................................................................................... 22
16 - Workmanship ................................................................................................. 23
160 - Materials ................................................................................................... 23
161 - Workmanship ........................................................................................... 23
17 - Inspection, Dock Tests and Sea Trial ............................................................ 24
170 - General Remarks ..................................................................................... 24
171 - Acceptance of Sections ............................................................................ 25
172 - Inclining Experiment ................................................................................. 25
173 - Sea Trials ................................................................................................. 25
18 - Delivery and Guarantee ................................................................................. 27
180 - Delivery .................................................................................................... 27
181 - Guarantee ................................................................................................ 27
182 – Exhibition model ...................................................................................... 27
19 - Spare Parts and Owners Deliveries ............................................................... 27
190 - Spare Parts, Tools and Inventories .......................................................... 27
191 - Owners Deliveries .................................................................................... 28

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

1 - Ship General
10 - General Description
101 - General Remarks
- All modifications to this Specification agreed during contract negotiations shall be inserted
into this Specification with subsequent Index.
- This altered edition will be binding after signing by both Parties.
- Modifications agreed during the approval of technical documentation shall be inserted in the
Specification with subsequent Index.
- For this purpose any agreement on the change of documentation related to the Specification
should end with an agreement on a new wording.
- This altered document shall be prepared after approval of the technical documentation and
before the delivery of the ship.
- The vessel shall be designed, constructed, equipped, tested and delivered in accordance with
the Contract Documents unless otherwise agreed.
- Anything not mentioned in this Specification but required by the Classification Society or
Regulatory Bodies listed herein for permanent installation is to be supplied and/or equipped
by the Shipyard without additional cost to the Buyer.
- The Shipyard is to supply all items required within this specification for the completion of the
vessel except items specifically stated herein as to be dedicated as Owner's Supply.
- Whenever an option or choice of material, equipment, type of construction is given herein or
an alternative is set forth in this Specification, it is understood that the decision is to be on
the part of the Shipyard, but always subject to the prior notice to the Owner.

Ambient Conditions
- If not stated otherwise, the vessel’s systems shall be calculated for the following ambient
conditions:
Air outside temperature ‐ 19°C … + 35°C
Sea Water temperature 0°C … + 32°C
Reference conditions for Max. air temp. in engine room: + 45° C
machinery equipment: cooling water temperature at charge air cooler: + 36° C
air pressure: 0.1 MPa
rel. humidity: 60 %
Reference conditions for Summer cycle
HVAC – plant for Outside Atmosphere: + 35° C; 70 % r. h.
accommodation: Inside Atmosphere: + 22° C; 40‐60 % r. h.

Winter cycle
Outside Atmosphere: ‐ 20° C
Inside Atmosphere: + 22° C; 30‐50 % r. h.
- All weather exposed machinery and equipment shall be suitable for operating at minus 19
degrees centigrade.
- Specific gravities used for calculations are:

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 Sea water 1.025 t/m3,
 H.F.O: 0.98 t/m3, (to be low sulphur (max 0.5%) HFO)
 Diesel Oil: 0.89 t/m3, (to be ultra low sulphur (max 0.1%) MGO)
 Lub. Oil: 0.90 t/m3,
 Freshwater: 1.00 t/m3
Precedence of Contract Documents
- In the case of an inconsistency or discrepancy between the Contract Documents the
following order of precedence shall govern:
 The Contract,
 The Specification,
 The other Contract Documents including accompanying plans
- However, if both parties agree in a written statement to modify a particular design or
drawing, this shall be deemed to supersede and replace the corresponding items of the
Contract Documents.
- In the event of conflict or inconsistency between different parts of the Specification the Hull
Part shall prevail in respect of hull items, the Machinery Part in respect of machinery items,
etc.
- If any item(s) is (are) mentioned twice or more in this Specification it is to be understood that
this item(s) will be supplied once only.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

102 - Type of Vessel
- The ship is designed for carrying containers especially in restricted water depths.
- The vessel is a single f.p.p. diesel driven, single deck box type, ocean going container ship.
- The ship is to have forecastle, nine (9) tiers of deckhouse, raked stem, bulbous bow and
transom stern.
- The vessel to be divided into six (6) cargo holds, two fuel oil bunker sections, engine room,
fore and aft peak.
- All cargo holds are surrounded by side tanks and double bottom.
- Transport of dangerous goods in closed freight containers in all Cargo holds and on deck.
- Reefer sockets for carrying and supplying RFEU (40’) are arranged in holds and on deck.
- The ship is gearless. But the space for three cargo cranes will be reserved.
- The ship has one‐tier lashing bridges in general enabling increased container stack loads and
easier lashing, all in full compliance with the CARGO SECURING & STOWAGE Code (CSS‐code)
Annex 14 acc. MSC.1/Circ. 1352.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

103 - Principle Dimensions
Length (overall) approx. 199.98 m

Length between perpendiculars 191.32 m
Breadth (moulded) 35.2 m
Depth (moulded) 17.9 m
Draught (moulded), design1 8.5 m
Deadweight, corresponding approx. 27,050 tons
Draught (moulded), design2 10.0 m
Draught (moulded), freeboard 11.0 m
The top of the vessel with collapsed approx. 53 m
mast from baseline
Gross Tonnage
- Gross Tonnage is approx. 34529
Complement
Captain class 2
Senior officer class 2
Junior officer class 4
Crew ‐ Rating class 15
Owner 1
Pilot (Junior class) 1
Total 25 persons

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

104 - Class and Flag

Class
- The vessel is designed and constructed according to the requirements and under the survey
of the DNV for the following class:

DNVGL ✠1A Container Ship, COAT‐PSPC(B), BIS, E0, LCS, NAUT(NAV), DG(P), BWM(T),
TMON (Oil Lubrication), Clean(Tier III), Recyclable,
ER (SCR, TIER III), RSCS+
Flag
- Liberia
Shipyard will assist the owner to change to the Brazilian flag after ship’s delivery, subject to no
additional drawing(s) required.
105 - Cargo Capacity

Container Slot Capacity
BASIS in on hatch in front of TEU total
40’ on Deck holds covers/side Deckhouse
stanchions
TEU 1,230 1,680 248* 3,158
45’‐HC‐container 440 56 496
(instead of TEU/FEU’s)
Reefer 186 RFEU 260RFEU 54 RFEU 500 RFEU
* figure only for counting TEU’s – real capacity = 124 FEU

- 45’‐containers can also be stowed on top of 40’containers resp. on top of 2x20’ containers in
block stowage above second tier in way of hatch covers (above 4th tier in way of cargo hold
No.6 hatch covers and engine room top).
- In holds up to 6 tiers of high cube (9.5’) containers can be stowed, except in way of monkey
rocks and the outermost row each.
- 20’ containers, stowed in the 40’‐cargo hold cell guides, will be covered by a tier of 40’‐
containers (Russian Stowage)
- 500 Reefer Containers can be transported in holds and on deck supplied by average electrical
Power of 5.0 kW per Reefer Slot and fresh air supply of 4,500 m³/hour for the 186 Reefer
containers in holds.
Container Load Capacity
Homogeneous Load
- The following homogeneous containers can be carried acc. IMO stability rules (VCG – 0.45):
 on Tdes1 ‐ 1,744 TEU á 14 t
 on Tdes2 ‐ 2,369 TEU á 14 t

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 on TFB – 2,625 TEU á 14 t
- Even the stability and the single stack loads allow throughout the ship the stowage of 9 t –
TEU’s at all slot places there may be a reduction due to stack load distribution requirements
(empty containers on top side tiers), caused by restricted lashing forces pointed out in the
cargo securing manual.
- An aft trim of up to 1% Loa is accepted for all departure and arrival load cases with container
load.
- Consumables to be considered 100%

Stack Loads
- See Part 315

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Transport of Dangerous Cargo
- Dangerous goods in closed freight containers of the following classes can be carried in cargo
holds and on weather deck acc. SOLAS Reg. II/19 and IMDG‐Code (MSC.477(102)) as follows:
A. Requirements for Dangerous Goods in Cargo Holds
water supplies

bilge pumping
water cooling
fixed gas fire
fighting sys.
boundaries

sources of
machinery
ventilation
protection
detection
CARGO
personal
system
ignition
HOLD
space
P.2.1 P.31 P.3.3 P.4 IIA T5, P.5.1 P.10.3
1.1 to 1.6 P.32 IP65
1
P.5.2
P.2.1 P.31 P.5.1
1.4S 1‐6
P.32
P.2.1 P.31 P.4 IIC T4, P.5.1 P.6.1 P.8 P.10.1
2.1 P.6.3 P.10.2 2, 6
P.32 IP55
P.2.1 P.31 P.4 IIB T4, P.5.1 P.6.1 P.8 P.10.1
2.1 except hydrogen gases P.6.3 P.10.2 2, 6
P.32 IP55
P.2.1 P.31 P.5.1 P.6.1 P.8 P.10.1
2.2 P.6.3 P.10.2 1‐6
P.32
2.3 flammable 1

1
2.3 non‐flammable
P.2.1 P.31 P.4 IIB T4, P.5.1 P.6.1 P.7 P.8 P.10.1
3 FP < 23 °C P.6.3 P.10.2 2, 6
P.32 IP55
P.2.1 P.31 P.5.1 P.8 P.10.1
3 23 °C ≤ FP ≤ 60 °C P.10.2 1‐6
P.32
P.2.1 P.31 P.5.1 P.6.1 P.8 P.10.1
4.1 P.32 2,3 P.10.2 1‐6
P.6.3
P.2.1 P.31 P.5.1 P.6.1 P.8 P.10.1
4.2 P.32 2,3 P.10.2 1‐6
P.6.3
P.2.1 P.31 P.5.1 P.6.1 P.8 P.10.1
4.3 liquids 1 P.6.3 P.10.2 1‐6
P.32
P.2.1 P.31 P.5.1 P.6.1 P.8 P.10.1
4.3 Solids P.32 P.10.2 1‐6
P.6.3
P.2.1 P.31 P.5.1 P.6.1 P.8 P.10.1
5.1 P.32 2,3 5 1‐6
P.6.3 P.10.2

5.2 1
P.2.1 P.31 P.4 IIB T4, P.5.1 P.6.1 P.7 P.8 P.10.1

6.1 liquids FP < 23 °C P.6.3 P.10.2 2, 6
P.32 IP55
P.2.1 P.31 P.5.1 P.6.1 P.7 P.8 P.10.1
6.1 liquids 23 °C ≤ FP ≤ 60 °C P.6.3 P.10.2 1‐6
P.32
P.2.1 P.31 P.5.1 P.7 P.8
6.1 liquids 1‐6
P.32
P.2.1 P.31 P.5.1 P.6.1 P.8
6.1 solids P.32 2 1‐6
P.6.3
P.2.1 P.31 P.4 IIB T4, P.5.1 P.6.1 P.7 P.8 P.10.1
8 liquids FP < 23 °C P.6.3 P.10.2 2, 6
P.32 IP55
P.2.1 P.31 P.5.1 P.6.1 P.7 4 P.8 P.10.1
8 liquids 23 °C ≤ FP ≤ 60 °C P.6.3 P.10.2 1‐6
P.32
P.2.1 P.31 P.5.1 P.7
4
P.8
8 liquids 1‐6
P.32
P.2.1 P.31 P.5.1 P.8
8 solids 1‐6
P.32
9 evolving flammable P.31 P.4 IIB T4, P.6.1
P.2.1 P.8 2, 6
vapours P.32 IP55 P.6.3
P.2.1 P.31 P.6.1 P.8
9 P.32 2
1‐6
P.6.3

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Explanation (see short terms in table above):
P. 3.1 – immediate supply of water from fire main
P. 3.2 – capacity of main fire pumps sufficient for supplying four water jets simult.
P. 3.3 – water spray system 5 litre/m² of largest horiz. cross section
P. 4 – explosion protection
P. 5.1 – fixed fire detection & alarm system for cargo spaces
P. 5.2 ‐ fixed fire detection & alarm system for cargo spaces for adjacent spaces
P. 6.1 – ventilation ducting with air removal 1/3 from upper and 2/3 from lower part
P. 6.3 – 2‐fold air change / h related to empty hold
P. 7 – independent bilge system with isolating valves outside machinery space
P. 8 – four sets of full protective clothing + two sets of self‐contained breathing apparatuses
P. 10.1 – bulkheads between cargo and machinery spaces A‐60 standard (or 3 m away)
P. 10.2 – Decks between cargo and machinery spaces A‐60 standard
P. 10.3 – goods of class 1 (except 1.4S) not allowed above machinery spaces
- Preconditions for the carriage of dangerous goods (see foot notes in table above):
1
Under the provisions of the IMDG Code, as amended, stowage of class 2.3, class 4.3 liquids having a flashpoint less than
23 °C as listed in the IMDG Code and class 5.2 under deck is prohibited.
2
When "mechanically‐ventilated spaces" are required by the IMDG Code, as amended.
3
For solids not applicable to closed freight containers.
4
Only applicable to dangerous goods having a subsidiary risk class 6.1.
5
When "away from sources of heat" is required by the IMDG Code, as amended.

- In general transport of hydrogen and hydrogen mixtures is excluded.
- In case of transport of Dangerous Goods of IMO Class 1 (except 1.4S) in hold No. 1 or of IMO
Classes with flash point < 23°C in hold No. 2 and 6 any Reefer Container mustn’t be placed on
the respective hatch covers closer than 3 meters to the exhaust air openings.
- Ex‐proof equipment in Cargo Holds:
Cargo Hold
CH 1 CH 2 CH 3 CH 4 CH 5 CH 6
Degree of
IP 65 IP 55 IP 55
Protection
Explosion group
IIA IIC IIC
Temperature class
T5 T4 T4
Fans
ex‐proof, ex‐proof, ex‐proof,
EXHAUST
IIA T5 IIC T4 IIC T4


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

B. Requirements for Dangerous Goods on Hatch Covers and on Deck
extinguishers

fixed gas fire
Portable fire
boundaries

Machinery
Personnal
protection
Detection
HATCH
supplies
/DECK
fighting
system
system
Water
space
P.3.1
1.1 to 1.6 P.2.3 P.5.2 P.10.3 1‐10
P.3.2
P.3.1
1.4S P.2.3 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
2.1 P.2.3 P.8 P.10.1 P.10.2 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
2.1 except hydrogen gases P.2.3 P.8 P.10.1 P.10.2 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
2.2 P.2.3 P.8 P.10.1 P.10.2 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
2.3 flammable P.2.3 P.8 P.10.1 P.10.2 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
2.3 non‐flammable P.2.3 P.8 P.10.1 P.10.2 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
3 FP < 23 °C P.2.3 P.8 P.9 P.10.1 P.10.2 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
3 23 °C ≤ FP ≤ 60 °C P.2.3 P.8 P.9 P.10.1 P.10.2 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
4.1 P.2.3 P.8 P.9 P.10.1 P.10.2 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
4.2 P.2.3 P.8 P.9 P.10.1 P.10.2 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
4.3 liquids P.2.3 P.8 P.9 P.10.1 P.10.2 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
4.3 solids P.2.3 P.8 P.9 P.10.1 P.10.2 all
P.3.2
P.3.1 P.10.1 P.10.2
5.1 P.2.3 P.8 P.9 all
P.3.2 1
P.3.1
5.2 P.2.3 P.8 P.10.1 P.10.2 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
6.1 liquids FP < 23 °C P.2.3 P.8 P.9 P.10.1 P.10.2 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
6.1 liquids 23 °C ≤ FP ≤ 60 °C P.2.3 P.8 P.9 P.10.1 P.10.2 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
6.1 liquids P.2.3 P.8 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
6.1 solids P.2.3 P.8 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
8 liquids FP < 23 °C P.2.3 P.8 P.9 P.10.1 P.10.2 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
8 liquids 23 °C ≤ FP ≤ 60 °C P.2.3 P.8 P.9 P.10.1 P.10.2 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
8 liquids P.2.3 P.8 all
P.3.2
P.3.1
8 solids P.2.3 P.8 all
P.3.2
9 evolving flammable P.3.1
P.2.3 P.8 all
vapours P.3.2
P.3.1
9 P.2.3 P.8 all
P.3.2
When “away from sources of heat” is required by the IMDG Code, as amended.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

106 - Tank Capacities

- Capacity of ship’s tanks shall be sufficient to accommodate the following quantities of liquid
stores:
all figures about Volume (m³) Spec. gravity (t/m³) Number of Tanks

HFO storage 1,900 0.98 (at 15°C) 4
(excl. overflow tank)
HFO settling 2 x 52 0.98 (at 15°C) 2
HFO daily 2 x 30 0.98 (at 15°C) 2
MGO storage 300 0.89 4
MGO daily 2 x 30 0.89 2
HFO overflow 2 x 25 0.98 2
ME Cylinder oil Storage 2 x 30 0.90 2
(2 x 60 days)
ME Lub.oil Sump 30 0.90 1
ME Lub. oil Storage 35 0.90 1
ME/AE Lub. oil Settling 27 0.90 1
AE Lub. oil Storage 14 0.90 1

Sludge – Purifier HFO 15 0.90 1
Sludge – Purifier Lub oil 15 0.90 1
Sludge ‐ Holding 30 0.90 1
Fuel oil Drain 10 0.98 1
Dirty oil 35 0.90 1
Fuel oil overflow ER 24 0.98 1

Stern Tube drain oil 8 0.90 1
Bilge water holding 20 1.00 1
Boiler Feed Water 60 1.00 1
Bilge water settling 40 1.00 1
Cooling water Drain 12 1.00 1
Scavenge air cond. water drain 10 1.00 1
Stern Tube Cooling Water 20 1.00 1

Sewage Holding 65 1.00 1

Urea Tank for SCR system 30 1.15 1

Fresh water 230 1.00 2
Technical Fresh water 30 1.00 1
Ballast Water 16,000 1.025

- All above mentioned tank capacities may be slightly modified during the basic design.
- All fuel containing storage and operational tanks (> 30 m³ capacity) are fulfilling MARPOL
Annex 1, Reg. 12A.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- The ME Lub Oil sump tank bottom is subject of damage cases with penetration which will be
considered in the bottom damage stability calculation acc. SOLAS 2009.
- The HFO, MGO and Cyl. Lub oil storage and operational tanks to be conveniently distributed
to meet the Low Sulphur regulations for Ships travelling in restricted areas.
107 - Deadweight
- Deadweight as defined in item 103 shall be measured in seawater, density 1.025 t/m³
- The deadweight is defined as the difference between an actual displacement and the
lightship weight.
- The lightship weight includes the weight of completely outfitted vessel with inventory
according to the List of Inventory, spare parts according to the Class Society requirements
and with minimum quantity of fresh water and lub. oil in main and auxiliary machineries
directly related to main engine starting in engine room.
- The deadweight shall be ensured for loading cases on even keel or moderate trim (max. 0.5 %
LPP aft).
- In particular lightship weight does not include:
 Loose lashing equipment
 Spare parts in excess of rule requirements
 Provision stores, crew and effects
 Fuel oil, diesel oil, lubricating oil, dirty oil, stern tube oil, fresh water, sludge, technical
water, boiler feed water, ballast water, gray water, bilge water, condensate water in
tanks and cooling water for the stern tube
- In particular lightship weight includes:
 Lub Oil in ME circulation tank
108 - Machinery
- The main engine, the auxiliary GenSets and the burner composite boiler to be designed
burning H.F.O. with a viscosity of up to 380 cSt/50°C at normal sea going.
- All related ancillary machinery systems are also designed to handle fuel with 380 cSt/50°C.
- MGO (DMA) to be used for special purposes and for the emergency diesel GenSet.
- The electric power to be supplied by four (4) sets of main diesel generators and one (1) set of
Emergency diesel generator.
- One (1) set of composite boiler and three (3) sets of economizers (AE) to be located at
suitable place to supply the necessary heat for fuel oil heating, room heating, general
services etc.
- A central cooling system to be provided.
- One 2‐stroke cross‐head reversible slow running diesel engine, directly coupled to the shaft
line, driving one fixed pitch propeller


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Version of Engine 6G60ME‐C10.5 TIII
HPSCR
SMCR 13,000 kW
SRPM 85
NCR (90% SMCR) 11,700 kW
109 - Speed, Cruising Range and Fuel Oil Consumption

Ship’s Speed
 Service Speed = 18.4 knots
 on Tdes1 draught 8.5m with about 1% trim
 at NCR under service condition with 15% sea margin
 no wind, calm water, deep sea, clean bottom
Cruising Range
- Radius of Action at Service Speed on Tdes1: abt. 15,000 nautical miles
 ISO ambient conditions (25°C air, 25°C sea water temperatures)
 Heat value of HFO = 40,000 kJ/kg
 Heat value of MGO = 42,700 kJ/kg
 incl. ME supplier’s tolerance
 2% separator loss for HFO
 5% unreachable rest in tanks
 one GenSet running for provision of ship’s load
 no reefer container connected
 MGO not consumed
Fuel oil Consumption
Engine Type 6G60ME‐C10.5 TIII HPSCR
Service Speed 18.4 kn 17.0 kn
on Tdes1
Service Speed 17.6 kn 16.5 kn
on Tdes2
SFOC Tier II 161.0 g/kW h 155.7 g/kW h
ME ‐ Daily 45.2 t 34.4 t
Consumption
SFOC Tier III 161.5 g/kW h 156.8 g/kW h
ME ‐ Daily 45.3 t 34.7 t
Consumption
 ISO ambient conditions (25°C air, 25°C sea water temperatures)
 Heat value of fuel = 42,700 kJ/kg
 excl. ME supplier’s tolerance as per maker’s standard
Model test
General
- Ship lines have been carefully designed for fuel‐saving and good sea going characteristics.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- The predicted speed assumes ship’s lines, bulbous bow, propeller, rudder and rudder bulb
are optimized each.
- The following model tests have been carried out.

Test Sequence on design draught1 at 1% Loa aft trim (7.6m/9.4m)
- Resistance test with speeds of 10.0, 14.0, 16.0, 18.3, and 20.0 knots
- Three‐dimensional nominal wake field measurement at 18.3 knots
- Streamline test at 18.3 kn, to determine the bilge keel location and bow thruster grating
direction
- Propulsion tests with model propeller and selected rudder bulb/propeller cup version with
speeds of 10.0, 14.0, 16.0, 18.3, and 20.0 knots.

Test Sequence on design draught2 at even keel (10.0m)
- Resistance tests with speeds of 12.0, 16.0 and 18.0 knots.
- Propulsion tests with design propeller, selected rudder bulb/propeller cup version with
speeds of 12.0, 16.0 and 18.0 knots.
-
Test Sequence on EEDI draught at 1% Loa aft trim (7.84m/9.76m)
- Resistance tests with speeds of 14.0, 18.0 and 20.0 knots.
- Propulsion tests with design propeller, selected rudder bulb/propeller cup version with
speeds of 14.0, 18.0 and 20.0 knots.

Test Sequence on ballast water draught (4.2m/8.0m)
- as similar as possible to the expected loading condition during sea trial (propeller fully
immerged) in order to verify the speed/power relation
- Resistance tests with speeds of 14.0, 16.0, 18.0, 20.0 and 22.0 knots.
- Propulsion tests with design propeller, selected rudder bulb/propeller cup version and (if
applied) selected Wake field equalizing duct with speeds of 14.0, 16.0, 18.0, 20.0 and 22.0
knots.

The model test report to be provided to the Owner for reference.

11 - Stability
- The vessel shall satisfy the IMO stability requirements in normal seagoing conditions
specified below.
- The preliminary trim, stability and longitudinal strength calculations on the following loading
conditions:
 Light Ship condition.
 Docking condition with arrival consumables.
 Normal ballast condition, departure and arrival.
 Fully loaded condition with homogeneous cargo 14 t, departure and arrival on Tdes 1,
Tdes2 and TFB draughts
 Fully loaded condition with homogeneous cargo 12 t, 16t, 18t and 20t, departure and
arrival on TFB draught
 Propeller repair afloat condition

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- “Departure Condition” shall be based on full consumable supplies and “Arrival Condition” on
approximately 10% consumable supplies of departure condition.
- VCG for each container to be 45% of the container height.
- The center of gravity (LCG/TCG/VCG) to be included in loading manual for each loading case.
- Water ballast may be used fully/partially to obtain suitable trim and stability within the
permissible shear force and bending moments assigned by the Class.
- Final trim and stability calculations shall be calculated on the basis of lightweight and the
position of centre of gravity of the Vessel obtained from inclining experiment (or weight
measurement) and shall include necessary guidance for loading & unloading.
- If the final trim and stability booklet is under the approval stage by the Class or Authority at
the delivery time of the Vessel, the preliminary one shall be onboard for provisional use.
- This "Final Stability Booklet" will be valid for sister ships, if agreed by the class and authority.
- Approved loading computer with stability software shall be provided by the Owner.
12 - Noise and Vibration

121 - Vibration
Vibration level limits
- Vibration of hull and superstructure shall not exceed levels specified according to ISO 6954 ‐
Mechanical vibration ‐ Guidelines for the measurement, reporting and evaluation of vibration
with regard to habitability on passenger and merchant ships (Edition 2000) applied with
following Vibration level criteria:
 B ‐ accommodation areas: 6.0 mm/s
 C ‐ working areas: 8.0 mm/s
- The a. m. vibration level limits are overall frequency weighted RMS‐values determined for
the frequency range 1‐80 Hz.
- If some of the measured vibration values exceed the vibration level criteria, the Builder shall
make necessary improvement to a practical extent agreed between the Owner and the
Builder.
- The shaft line torsional vibration levels shall not exceed levels for continuous service
specified by the IACS or class resp., except for barred speed areas, if any.
122 - Noise
- Noise levels shall not exceed values specified in IMO Resolution MSC.337(91) ‐ Noise levels
on board ships as:
 Engine Room 110 dB (A)
 Workshops 85 dB (A)
 Engine Control Room, Changing rooms 75 dB (A)
 Galley/pantry 75 dB (A)
 Corridors 75 dB (A)
 Mess rooms, Recreation rooms, Gymnasium, Offices 60 dB (A)
 Navigating bridge and chartrooms 65 dB (A)
 Bridge Wings 70 dB (A)
 Cabins, Treatment Room 55 dB (A)

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 Steering Gear Room 90 dB (A)
- Noise level shall be measured by the Builder when the Vessel is going ahead steadily at
normal continuous rating of main engine during sea trial.
- If the measured noise levels exceed over the recommended value, the Builder shall make
necessary improvement to a practical extent agreed between the Owner and the Builder.
- One additional point on the crew bed to be measured for private cabins.

123 - Sound Insulation

- The airborne sound insulation properties for bulkheads and decks within the accommodation
shall comply at least with the following weighted sound reduction index (Rw) according to
ISO Standard 717‐1:1996 as amended (1:2006), part 1:
 Cabin to cabin Rw = 35
 Mess rooms, recreation rooms, public spaces and entertainment areas to cabins and
hospitals Rw = 45
 Corridor to cabin Rw = 30
 Cabin to cabin with communicating door Rw = 30.
13 - Rules and Regulations

130 - Rules and Regulations
- The requirements of the authorities including those of the Classification Society are to
include any additional applicable rules or circulars thereof which are in forced or ratified on
or before the date of signing the contract and which will be compulsory for the vessel on or
before delivery of the vessel.
 DNVGL rules 2020
 Rules and regulations of flag state
 National Maritime Regulations of Country of Registry
 Chinese Shipbuilding Standard, as of 2016
 International Conference on Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), 1974 with Protocol of
1978/1988 and amendments as applicable
 International Convention on Load Lines, 1966 with the Protocol of 1988 and
amendments
 Convention on the International Regulations for Preventing Collision at Sea, 1972
(COLREG) and amendments
 International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL), 1973
(Annex I, IV, V, VI), Protocol 1978 and amendments (incl. Annex 1, Reg. 12A ‐ Oil Fuel
Tank Protection) as applicable
 International Convention on the control of Harmful Anti‐fouling System on Ships, 2001
(IAFS)
 International Convention for the control and management of ships' Ballast Water and
Sediments, 2004 (Ballast water treatment plant (BWTP) shall be installed
 International Convention on Tonnage Measurements of Ships, 1969
 ILO Guide to Safety and Health in Dock Work, No. 152

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of ships,
Hong Kong, 2009
 MSC337(91), Code on Noise Level on Board Ship’s
 MSC.215 (82) (PSPC) and IACS Procedural Requirement on Application of the IMO
Performance Standard for Protective Coatings
 MSC.267 (85), International Code on Intact Stability, 2008 (IS Code 2008) (except Part A,
Ch.1.2 Dynamic stability Phenomena in Waves)
 MSC.292 (87) regarding Smoke Detection Systems, SOLAS FSS Code
 MSC.302 (87) Adoption of performance standards for bridge alert
 MSC.333 (90) Adoption of revised performance standards for ship borne voyage data
recorders(VDRs)
 MSC.334 (90) Adoption of amendments to the performance standards for devices to
measure and indicate speed and distance (Resolution MSC.96 (72))
 ISO 6954 Guidelines for the overall evaluation of vibration in merchant ships, issue
2000
 The International Convention for The Control and Management of Ships Ballast Water
Ballast Water and Sediments, 2004” (Ballast Water Management Convention)
 IMO Resolution MEPC. 197(62) 2011 Guidelines for the development of the Inventory
of Hazardous Materials
 IMO Res. MEPC. 254(67) “Guidelines on survey and certification on the energy
efficiency design index (EEDI)”
 IMO Res. MEPC. 231(65) “Guidelines for calculation of reference lines for use with the
energy efficiency design index (EEDI)”
 IMO Resolution A.694 (XIV), Recommendation of General Requirements for Electronic
Navigational Aids
 IMO Res. MSC.A.1021 (26), Code on Alerts and Indicators, 2009
 IMO Res. A.1045 (27), Pilot Transfer Arrangements
 MSC. 137(76) ‐ adopted 2002‐12‐04 ‐ Standards for Ship Manoeuvrability
 MSC/Circ. 1053, adopted 2002‐12‐16 ‐ Explanatory Notes to the Standards for Ship
Manoeuvrability
 IMO Res. A.601(15) ‐ Provision and Display of Manoeuvring Information on Board Ships
 SOLAS Chap. II‐1/3‐2 Protective coating of dedicated seawater ballast tanks in all types
of ships (PSPC – except for void spaces in DB or Side sections)
 Code of Safe Practice for Cargo Stowage and Securing (CSS‐code) with Amendment
Annex 14
 MSC.1/Circ.1352 – Guidance on Providing Safe Working Conditions for Securing of
Containers on Deck – Letter of compliance from Class
 MSC.1/Circ. 1353 – revised Guidelines for the Preparation of the Cargo Securing
Manual
 OSHA regulations for container fittings
 AMSA MO2011/10 ‐ Australian Maritime Safety Authority, Marine Orders, Part 32
(Issue 3, 29. November 2011) – Schedule 2 – Dock worker Access while on Board
(subsections 23.5 and 39.3) – Letter of compliance from Class
 USCG‐Regulations concerning Prevention of Sea Pollution from Foreign Ships calling US
Ports and Coastal Waters MET Publication, #515, third edition, amended in August
1992, Book 1 (CFR Title 33‐Part 155, 159 and 164, without certificate nor inspection)
 Maritime Labour Convention (MLC 2006), mandatory part

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 IMO,MSC/ Circ.403 "Navigation bridge visibility and function"
 International Telecommunication Union (ITU) and Radio Regulations, 2004
 IMO , Res. A.952(23), Graphical Symbols for Fire Control Plans
 International Code for Fire Safety Systems (FSS Code)
 International Live‐saving Appliance Code( LSA Code)
 International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code,2010)
 ISPS Code Edition 2003
 IACS UR S11A Longitudinal Strength Standard for Container Ships
 IACS UR S34
 IACS URA1 Rev.6 for Anchoring equipment, URA2 Rev.4 for Towing/Mooring
Equipment, URA3 for Windlass.
 IEC pub 92 cited by Class Rules and IMO regulations as applicable.
 CFR 46‐ Part 162: Standard for Living Organisms in Ship’s Ballast Water Discharged in
US waters (BWDS)
 U.S. Department of Labor Occupational Society and Health Administration (OSHA)
safety and health regulation for Longshoring (CFT, Title 29, part 1918) regarding
Containerized Cargo (Container lashing system) with neither certificate / statement of
compliance nor inspection
 EU Directive 1999/32/EC amended by 2005/33/EC and 2012/33/EU with regards to
Operation within European Territory in relating to introduce 0.1% sulphur limit for
marine fuel
 IMO Resolution MSC 282 (86), “SOLAS V, Reg. 19, requirement of ECDIS”
 IMO Resolution MEPC.245(66), “2014 Guidelines on the method of calculation of the
attained energy efficiency design index (EEDI) for new ships” and amendments by
Resolution MEPC.263(68) and Resolution MEPC.281(70)
 Maritime and Port Authorities (MPA) of Singapore, Recommendation on night signal (3
all‐round green lights) for vessels crossing the Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) and
precautionary areas in the Singapore Strait during the hours of darkness
 ISO 14726‐2008 Identification colors for piping systems Subpart a Pollution Prevention
Regulation for Oil Transfer Operations

Suez Canal Rules
- Suez Canal Rules
- Rules of Tonnage Measurement of Ships passing through the Suez Canal

Panama Canal Rules
- ACP: OP notice to shipping No. N‐1‐2021


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

131 - Certificates
- The Builder shall obtain following certificates and deliver to the Owner one original and
adequate electronic versions. If formal certificate(s) cannot be obtained upon the Vessel’s
delivery, the Builder may furnish provisional one(s) which substitutes the formal certificates.
- List of Certificates:
No Certificate Issued by Obtained and
paid by
A International Load Line Certificate Class Shipyard
B Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate Class Shipyard
C Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate Class Shipyard
D Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate Class Shipyard
E International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate (IOPP)
Class Shipyard
MARPOL Annex 1
F Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (SOPEP) Owner with
MARPOL Annex 1 Class Assistance of
Shipyard
G International Sewage Pollution Prevention (ISPP)
Class Shipyard
Certificate (MARPOL Annex IV)
H Certificate concerning the Prevention of Pollution by
Class Shipyard
Garbage (MARPOL Annex V)
I International Air Pollution Prevention Certificate (IAPP
Class Shipyard
Statement of Compliance acc. to MARPOL Annex VI)
J Statement of Compliance for Antifouling systems Class Shipyard
K Document of Compliance for the carriage of Dangerous
Class Shipyard
Goods, SOLAS 74, as amended
L Cargo securing manual Class Owner
M Test Certificate for Life Saving Launching Appliances
Class Shipyard
(board trials)
M1 Certificate for medical equipment & outfitting
Class Shipyard
(if required by Class)
N International Tonnage Certificate (1969) Class Shipyard
O Suez Canal Tonnage Certificate Class Shipyard
P Panama Canal Tonnage Certification Class Shipyard
P2 Loading computer certificate Class Owner
Q Statement of Compliance, US‐Coast Guard Regulations
Class Shipyard
CFR Title 33 Parts 155, 159 and 164
Statement of Compliance regarding
Class Shipyard
R Suez Canal Authority Regulations (Rules of Navigation)
S Statement of Compliance regarding ILO‐Convention 92
Class Shipyard
and 133 (crew accommodation)
T Certificate of other Lifting appliances (board trials) Class or
Authority
Shipyard
(if required by
Flag state)

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

No Certificate Issued by Obtained and

paid by
U Statement of Compliance regarding hold access acc.
Class Shipyard
to AMSA (Australian Maritime Safety Authorities)
V Statement of Compliance Noise (MSC337(91)) and
Shipyard Shipyard
Vibration (ISO 6954, ed. 2000)
W Compass Adjustment and Calibration Certificate Shipyard Shipyard
X De‐ratting Exemption Certificate Shipyard Shipyard
Y Declaration that vessel is free of asbestos Shipyard Shipyard
Z Builder’s Certificate Shipyard Shipyard
Z1 EAL – Factual Statement of Compliance Class Shipyard
Z2 Statement for Low Sulphur Fuel Operation Class Shipyard

- Other certificates not listed in the Specification but required by the rules and regulations as
compulsory shall be provided as well.
- The Owner to supply the following documents approved by the Classification Society with
the Builder’s assistance:
 SOPEP
 Emergency Towing Manual
 Cargo Securing Manual
 Training Manual
 Garbage Plan
 ISPS Manual
- following certificates to be provided too:
 Fumigation certificate for wood grating
 Certification for navigation and signal light required by COLREG
 International ballast water management certificate
 Statement of Compliance MLC2006. (Hardware part)
 International Energy Efficiency Certification including EEDI Technical file
 Test Certificate of Windlass, Anchor, Anchor Chain, Mooring Rope
 Certificate for Provision Crane, Engine Room Crane and lifeboat Davit


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

14 - Design Principles
140 - Language
- All correspondence between the Shipyard and Owners, Class Society and National
Authorities shall be in English.
- English will be main language of all documents subject to approval, information, as‐built
drawings, technical manuals and identification plates and labels.
141 - Dimensions and Units

- In general, metric system and temperature in Celsius shall be adopted for design and
construction of hull, machinery and equipment
- SI units are to be used unless otherwise specified. Generally pressure gauges and pressure
indicators are to be scaled in MPa, however some pressure gauges can be scaled in bars.
- All temperature gauges and thermometers are to be scaled in deg C.
15 - Drawings
150 - Approval
- While starting the design the Builder shall submit a Basic design plan with scope of delivery
and schedule in electronic format to the Owner. Schedule of submission to be agreed
between the Builder and the Owner.
- The Owner shall return the plan with the approval and/or with comments to the Builder by
email, together with the Owner’s approval signature, within fourteen (14) calendar days
counted from the date of arrival of the plan at Owner’s office.
- Otherwise, the Builder shall understand that the Owner has approved the plan without any
comment.
151 - As Built Plans

- The Builder shall collect and provide 3 sets flash‐disks containing as‐built drawings and
manuals of machinery and equipment to the Owner in accordance with “List of as‐built plans”
before delivery of the Vessel.
- Where no flash‐disk is available a defined set of hardcopies can be supplied as well.
- The following plans, one (1) copy each, mounted in aluminium alloy frames, shall be installed
on‐board at such locations as designated by the Owner’s supervisor:
General Arrangement Plan with accommodation decks 2 copies
Capacity Plan with Deadweight Scale 1 copy
Safety Plan for Fire Protection, Escape Ways and Safety Appliances 3 copies, colored
Engine Room Layout 1 copy
Bilge, Ballast, Air and Sounding Pipes 1 set, colored
Ventilation Scheme 1 set
Diagram for Electric Installation 1 set
Wheelhouse Poster 1 copy
Damage Control Plan 2 copies, colored
Manoeuvring characteristics (Comply with IMO res. A601) 1 copy

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Container stowage plan 1 copy
Fuel oil bunker procedure 1 copy
Fuel oil transfer system plan 1 copy
Instructions of Life jacket each deck
Safety radio telegraphy certificate 1 copy
Harbour speed plate at ER and WH
Magnetic compass adjustment 1 copy
Pumping Plan (owner provide sample drawing for reference) 1 copy
Muster list 1 copy
Operation Instruction for Steering gear 1 copy
- 2 (two) copies of Fire control & Safety Plan shall be furnished in water tight boxes to be
provided in the vicinity of upper deck

16 - Workmanship
160 - Materials
- The Shipyard shall use only new, well proven materials, in accordance with requirements of
Class Society, this Specification and other recognized marine practice and has to store these
materials under cover or in a secure warehouse.
- All materials, including weld consumables, to be used for hull structural members are to be
approved by the Class Society.
- The Shipyard may use materials, machineries and equipment other than but equivalent to
those specified in the Contract Documents, provided that such use is agreed by Owners.
- The shipyard is to take all appropriate measures to protect ships’ machinery and equipment
from damage, dust, dirt, etc. in storage and during the building period, during transport,
installation in the vessel, commissioning and until delivery.
- Lead or Tin based anti‐fouling, asbestos, refrigerant (R 12, R22), Halon not to be used.
- SUS 301L should not be used.
- All structural steel(except pipes which used for pilar and round bar etc.)used for the
construction of the vessel and machinery including forgings and castings to be of the
shipbuilding and marine engineering quality, tested, inspected and certified as required by
the Classification Society. In addition, steel plates certificates to be provided to owner about
2 months after the steel plates arrived.
- If ship's machinery and equipment are damaged (except painting damage which to be touch‐
up) while on construction, it must be renewed. If repair is acceptable by Owner, it must be
carried out by manufacturer.

161 - Workmanship
- Workmanship has to be according yard standard.
- All steel works will be carried out according to the Shipbuilding and Repair Quality Standard
and the IACS Shipbuilding and Repair Quality Standards No 47.
- Welding operations are to be carried while protected against rain and snow.
- Provisions to be made for proper accessibility, staging, lighting and ventilation.
- Yard standard to be submitted in English for Owner’s reference prior the plan approval stage.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- All temporary openings to be 100% UT or MT tested.
- Automatic machine for edge preparation to be according to yard's practice as far as possible.
But only grinding for free edges.
- All approved WPS to be submitted to site office.
- Temporary plate and welding consumable used for temporary pieces to be same quality and
standard as mother plate.
- Slots, scallops, air holes and drain holes to be provided shall be kept 200 mm away from the
toe of the brackets or high stress concentration areas.
- The vessel to be clean of dirties, unused material, garbage, etc. during all construction
phases.
- The Builder to use different color of primers to distinguish mild steel and high tensile steel.
17 - Inspection, Dock Tests and Sea Trial

170 - General Remarks
- Inspections, tests and trials shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of the
Class Society, National Authorities and the Shipyard's practice to demonstrate satisfactory
workmanship and compliance with the Contract, the Specification and approved plans.
- Inspections, tests and trials shall normally be organized by the Shipyard's Quality Control
Department (QCD).
- The Owner’s supervisor shall attend the inspections and tests on his expense according to
the Builder’s application schedule which shall inform when and where tests shall be carried
out.
- Inspection by Owners representatives of structural‐wise completed blocks shall be done
before application of first coat or stripe coat.
- Proper lighting and staging shall be in inspecting area.
- The Shipyard/Subcontractor is to ensure proper access for inspections and safe conditions.
- Regular meetings of QCD Inspectors, Owners Supervisors and Class Surveyors are to be
carried out.
- In case of absence of Owner’s supervisor during scheduled inspections or tests without
proper cause after due notice as above, Owner’s supervisor shall be obliged to accept the
results of such test on the basis of the Builder’s, the Class’ and the maker’s reports on the
said results.
- Inspection conducted at subcontractor facility Builder to arrange transport for Owner’s
supervisor.
- Equipment vendors within 2‐3 hours driving from shipyard to be arranged by builder.
- The outfitting installation work and piping work (except in engine room blocks) to be finished
before block structural inspection. Only piping work in engine room blocks shall be installed
after block inspection except pipes pre‐embedded in small space/tank which shall be
installed earlier in block construction stage.
- Builder to provide a monthly updated construction schedule. Each month, the Builder to
supply an official progress report for the Owner’s reference, including necessary details and
schedule plans.
- Lifting test for container to be included.
- Owner can ask for 10% additional UT above class requirements.
Castings of stern frame and rudder to be NDT.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

171 - Acceptance of Sections

- Main engine, auxiliaries and other equipment shall be tested or inspected according to the
manufacturer’s practices by using available facilities in the manufacturer’s shop.
- Shop tests to be announced in advance.
- Shop tests outside Shipyard for M/E & A/E to be announced at least 2 weeks in advance.
172 - Inclining Experiment

- When the Vessel is nearly completed, an inclining experiment shall be carried out to
ascertain the position of centre of gravity and weight of the Vessel in light ship condition at
the Builder’s quay or anchorage in the presence of the Owner’s supervisor and the Class’
and/or Authority’s surveyor.
- Inclining experiment to be conducted in accordance with IACS Rec 31.
- The report shall be furnished to the Owner and Class.
- The inclining experiment shall be conducted either by shifting portable solid weight or water
ballast and by measuring the Vessel’s heel using two pendulums.
- The displacement of the Vessel shall be determined from the hydrostatic tables based on the
measured drafts with due corrections for keel deflection, trimmed water plane and water
density according to the Builder’s practice.
- For subsequent sister Vessel(s), the inclining experiment shall not be carried out and the
results of the first Vessel shall be referred to.
- Lightship weight measurement shall be carried out for every subsequent Vessel.
173 - Sea Trials

- When the Vessel is nearly completed, the following trials and tests shall be carried out
according to the Builder’s practice and mutually agreed program in the presence of the
Owner’s representative and the Class’ surveyor.
- “Trials program for electrical equipment” shall be provided for owners review one month
before sea trials
-
Official sea trial
- The official sea trial shall be conducted in accordance with the sea trial schedule and method
mutually agreed with the Owner.
- The official sea trial shall be carried out under the weather condition not more than BF6.
- Heavy fuel oil of clearly defined viscosity and density, obtainable from domestic market, shall
be used for the main engine and auxiliary engines during sea trial by the Builder in
accordance with the test schedule.
- All fuel bunkered for sea trial to be in line with ISO 8217‐2010 and laboratory analysis result
to be provided before sea trial.
- Trial condition shall be ballast condition which is as near as possible to the draft tested in
model ship tank.
- The actual speed performance of the Vessel at the design draft shall be based on the model
test results which shall be corrected by the actual trial results.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Progressive speed test
- Progressive speed trial to be performed in deep water at 50% SMCR, 75% SMCR, NCR and
SMCR of the main engine, where SMCR may possibly be restricted by the shaft revolutions of
the engine which is limited by the engine builder, considering the specified light running
margin (about 5%).
- For the subsequent ship, progressive speed trial to be performed at 65% SMCR, 75% SMCR
and NCR.
- The trial speeds are to be measured by DGPS.
- The power of main engine and revolution shall be measured by torque meter.
- Each speed trial is to consist of two (2) consecutive runs, along and against tide/current and
the speeds shall be recorded to obtain the mean speeds of the consecutive runs, corrected
for the effects of wind, wave height, current and water depth.
- The speed corrections to be in accordance with ISO standard.
Endurance test
- The endurance test shall be carried out under the following condition:
 Main engine load : NCR SMCR
 Duration : 2h 4h
- Fuel consumption of main engine shall be measured for reference during the endurance test.
- Fuel consumption to be measured also at rpm of 50%SMCR and 75%SMCR, half an hour for
each.
Manoeuvring test
- The following tests shall be carried out to check manoeuvrability of the Vessel (for first ship
of the series):
 Crash stop from full ahead to full astern up to speed becomes 0
 Turning test: at NCR and rudder angle of 35°, port and starboard.
 Zig‐Zag test: at NCR 10°/10°, 20°/20°
 Inertia test
 Williamson turning test
Other test at sea
- The following tests shall be carried out according Builder’s practice:
 Steering gear test
 Anchor windlass test
 Tests and calibration or adjustment of navigation equipment and instruments such as
gyro compass and magnetic compass
 Starting test of main engine
 Lowest revolution test of main engine
 Remote control test of M/E such as M/E manoeuvre, load up and down, slow down,
shut down and stop test, etc.
 Measurement of noise level
 Measurement of hull local vibration
 Fresh water generator capacity test at NCR of main engine
 Fire alarm and general alarm test
 Black out test

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 Torsional vibration measurement in shafting (only first ship of the series)
 Boiler accumulating test
 Exhaust gas cleaning system test
 PA and GA
 Bow thruster test
 Unattended operation test

Overhaul inspection after sea trial
- One (1) piston overhaul inspection for main engine including main bearing and crank shaft
bearing
- Retightening of main engine tie bolts and foundation bolts.
- One specified generator engine to open one cylinder head and connecting rod bearing for
inspectionafter sea trial.

18 - Delivery and Guarantee

180 - Delivery
- When the construction of the Vessel is completed, the Vessel shall be delivered to the Owner
at the Builder’s wharf or premises.
181 - Guarantee
- The Builder shall provide a quality guarantee for any part of the Vessel other than those
supplied by the Owner for a period of twelve (12) calendar months from delivery.
- All the LSA and FFA certificates at the time of delivery to have at least 8months validity
period.
182 – Exhibition model

- One ship’s model scale 1:150 will be delivered
19 - Spare Parts and Owners Deliveries

190 - Spare Parts, Tools and Inventories
- The Shipyard shall provide spare parts and tools according to Class requirements for all
machinery and equipment
- For other items maker's standard will be followed.
- Shipyard is to prepare "Index of Spare parts and Tools" containing detailed lists of parts and
tools received from makers in order to enable proper checking at the delivery of the vessel.
- Test/sampling kits of sterntube lub. oil for TMON (Oil Lubrication) notation
- Spare part list according to maker’s standard to be included in the maker’s approval drawing.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

191 - Owners Deliveries

- Following items shall be furnished and supplied by the Owner at their own expense, and
installed on the vessel by the Builder:
 Cooks and steward’s utensils (pans, glasses, cutlery, crockery, pots, silverware etc.)
 All bedding and linen including blankets, bed sheets, towels, table clothes, etc.
 All consumables stores including stationery
 Chandlery (soaps, toilet papers, foods, etc.)
 Office machines other than mentioned in the Specifications
 All medicines and medical equipment
 Hoses, steel wires and mooring ropes other than those mentioned in these
Specifications
 Boatswain's and carpenter's tools other mentioned in the Specifications
 Bunkers, lub. oil, grease/hydraulic oil, working oil and other test kits for boiler water,
consumable liquid except those consumed during sea trial
 Sport equipment, broadcasting radio, T.V, entertainment and personal computer
equipment
 PC LAN server and switches, rack for LAN server and rack for VSAT unit
 Two (2) sets of VSAT system (Ku‐Band) including special cable and rack
 Shipboard oil pollution emergency plan (SOPEP)
 Garbage Management Plan
 Loading Computer including UPS, etc
 Charts, nautical and radio books, house flag and national flag
 Loose lashing/securing fittings including cell guide stopper
 Portable equipment for carrying dangerous goods
 Search light for Suez Canal
 Test/sampling kits of sterntube lub. Oil for TMON (Oil Lubrication) notation
 All items described as “Owner’s supply” in the Specification

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925


3,100 TEU
Container Vessel

Type

RUBY 3100 neptun

Version: CH4
SFI GROUP SYSTEM

Part 1 – GENERAL
Part 2 – HULL
except 86‐89 (ELECTRIC)
Part 86‐89 – ELECTRIC

2021‐10‐12
NSD Rostock/Germany


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

2 ‐ Hull .................................................................................................................. 3
20 ‐ Hull Materials, General Hull Work ......................................................................... 3
201 ‐ Design .......................................................................................................... 3
203 ‐ Blasting, Shop Priming, Rolling & Cleaning of Materials ..................................... 4
21 ‐ After body .......................................................................................................... 7
211 ‐ Shell ............................................................................................................. 7
214 ‐ Main Deck ..................................................................................................... 7
216 ‐ Stern tube bulkhead ....................................................................................... 7
218 ‐ Stern frame ................................................................................................... 7
22 ‐ Engine Area ........................................................................................................ 8
221 ‐ Shell ............................................................................................................. 8
223 ‐ Double bottom and engine foundation ............................................................ 8
224 – Main Deck .................................................................................................... 8
226 ‐ Platforms, bulkheads & hull tanks.................................................................... 8
23 ‐ Cargo Area ....................................................................................................... 10
231 ‐ Shell ........................................................................................................... 10
233 ‐ Double bottom ............................................................................................ 10
234 ‐ Main Deck ................................................................................................... 10
236 ‐ Transverse bulkheads ................................................................................... 11
237 ‐ Hatch coamings ........................................................................................... 11
238 – Tanks ......................................................................................................... 11
239 ‐ Miscellaneous ............................................................................................. 12
24 ‐ Fore body ......................................................................................................... 12
241 ‐ Shell ........................................................................................................... 12
243 ‐ Forecastle deck............................................................................................ 13
244 ‐ Breakwater ................................................................................................. 13
246 ‐ Bow and stem ............................................................................................. 13
25 ‐ Deck House & Superstructure ............................................................................. 14
251 ‐ Deck houses ................................................................................................ 14
26 ‐ Hull Outfitting ................................................................................................... 15
261 ‐ Hull & house marking ................................................................................... 15
262 ‐ Bottom plugs, sea chests, bilge wells ............................................................. 15
263 ‐ Foundation.................................................................................................. 15
264 ‐ Fender & wear bars, bilge keels ..................................................................... 15
266 ‐ Hawse pipes ................................................................................................ 16
27 – Painting Work – see extra Part ........................................................................... 16
291 – Marking ..................................................................................................... 17

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

2 ‐ Hull
20 ‐ Hull Materials, General Hull Work
201 ‐ Design
- Cargo holds strength analysis by FEM calculation to be conducted as per class requirement.
Still Water bending Moments
- The Ship’s body is dimensioned for the following Still water bending moments (SWBM)
during sea voyage:
 Hogging acc. all standard loading cases including ballast water exchange conditions
and temporarily jumping loads defined below
 Sagging max. 100 MNm
- During port loading and unloading activities a temporarily increased SWBM may be
permitted by the class.

Jumping Loads
- The strength of the ship to be sufficient to withstand sequential loading with the following
conditions:
 In Cargo Hold and on particular Hatch Cover one 40ft bay empty between fully loaded
bays throughout the cargo hold area
 In Cargo Hold or on Hatch Cover of the particular cargo hold area one 40ft bay partly
loaded with 8 complete rows of containers at extreme starboard side only, adjacent 40’
bay partly loaded with 8 complete rows at extreme port side throughout the cargo
hold area

Slamming Reinforcement Fore Ship
- The slamming reinforcement to be determined in correspondence with a minimum forward
draught defined according loading case ship in ballast (measured at the forward
perpendicular).
- The yard can adjust the volume of the ballast water tanks in forward part incl. fore peak tank
to balance the minimum ballast draught, the trim and the relevant bending moments.

Main Dimensions in Cargo Hold Area
 Double Bottom height: 1,760 mm
 Hatch Coaming height: 1,650 mm
 Side Tank breadth (in parallel part): 2,150 mm


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Hull Material
- All steel plates and sections used in the construction to be process‐approved by Classification
Society.
- The hull structure material to be of Normal Steel but can be of High Tensile Steel (HTS) with
yield strength up to 390 N/mm2 wherever indicated to save weight.

203 ‐ Blasting, Shop Priming, Rolling & Cleaning of Materials
Painting Work General

- All painting works including surface preparation, shop priming and inspection shall be carried
out in accordance with Builder’s practice and the paint manufacturer’s recommendation
based on the Specifications.
- However, In case of the dedicated seawater ballast tanks, Painting works shall be done in
accordance with the IACS PSPC (Performance Standard for Protective Coating of dedicated
seawater ballast tanks).
- In any difference of opinion on detail requirements of IACS PSPC, the
recommendation/decision of the Class and/or paint manufacturer shall be referred to the
Buyer and the Builder for the settlement.
- Paint specifications shall be submitted to the Buyer for approval.
- The color of finish coats specified in the painting schedule shall be informed by the Buyer
within one(1) month after the Contract but colors for each coat other than finish coat shall
be in accordance with the paint manufacturer’s recommendation bearing in mind the color
of finish coat.
- Painting work shall not performed in the open air during rain, fog, or mist or when weather
condition may cause condensation, i.e. when relative humidity is more than 85% or steel
temperature is not at least 3℃ above dew point.
- Technical supervision and guarantee during preparation and application shall be provided by
the paint manufacturer.
- No paint shall be applied to the following items or spaces unless otherwise specified.
 Copper, brass, bronze, aluminum, aluminum alloy and other non‐corrosive metals.
 Wooden work in stores and lockers.
 Galvanized steel and fittings in hidden spaces
 Polished fittings.
 Inner surfaces of doubling plates, compounding areas and steel surface enclosed
tightly.
 Internal steel decks covered with deck covering.
 Cargo hatch cover open part to be painted.
 Painting on Cables, Rubber hoses and gasket for doors, windows and louvers to be
avoided
- Paintings shall be carried out according to the Builder’s standard and paint manufacturer
recommendation.
- Paintings for the equipments and machineries shall be carried out according to each
equipment manufacturer’s standard and the damaged part after installation shall be touched

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

up with one (1) coat of finish paint of compatible kind in accordance with the Builder’s
practice.
Weather deck equipment final coating shall be with same as surrounding.
- Where painting work for the part or spaces which are not specified and/or not described in
detail in the Specification, it shall be pursuant to the approved drawings.
- Permanently enclosed space (Closed area needs to apply one coat of primer application 100μ
as far as possible).
- If epoxy paint shall be applied in winter season, the Builder may use the winter type paint
recommended by the paint manufacturer.
- Stripe coats to be either sprayed or applied using brush.
- Under water hull paint thickness to be checked before and after application of antifouling
paint and recorded.
- Dry Film thickness always to be measured at every stage of coating.
- Considering builder has taken all efforts to avoid painting damage to equipment, Buyers may
accept paint touch up for small paint repairs. Nevertheless if an extensive area of paint repair
occurs, it to be discussed case by case.
- Paint maker to provide the “Hull Anti‐fouling Surface Roughness” report prior vessel
launching for Owner’s reference.
Primary Surface Preparation and Shop Priming
- Shop priming
 Steel plates and sections (6mm thickness and above) for hull structure shall be shot
blasted to ISO Sa 2.5 (ISO 8501‐1) and immediately primed with one (1) coat of shop
primer (Builder’s standard) to dry film thickness of 15‐30 microns.
 The steel surface of thin plate and profiles (below 6mm) and fittings such as pipes, pipe
supports, grating supports, auxiliary machinery seats, mast, stairs and etc. shall not be
shot blasted, but power cleaned with wire brush or disc sander to St 2.
- Prior to the first coat at block stage
 Damaged area on shop primed steel due to burning and welding during fabrication
shall be treated according to “the table of surface treatments for damaged areas”,
however intact shop primed areas which are allowed by paint manufacturer shall be
remained, thereafter painted with first coat.
 The visible zinc salts on intact shop primed surface shall be treated with disc sander,
wire brush or other appropriate methods.
 Oil, dust, and other foreign materials shall be cleaned with thinner, fresh water, wire
brush, or compressed air prior to painting.
 In general, sharp edges of steel members cut by gas cutting and welding slags and/or
irregular weldings shall be treated in accordance with the Builder’s standard, min 2
pass grounding.
 However, in case of the dedicated seawater ballast tanks, sharp edges shall be treated
to a rounded radius of minimum 2mm or three pass grinding or at least equivalent
process before painting in accordance with the IACS PSPC.
 Edge preparation for following spaces to be as follows:
1. Sea chest: 3 pass grinding
2. Passageway, passageway between holds, weather deck: 1 pass grinding
3. Builder’s standard for edge grinding to be provided for owner’s reference.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Secondary Surface Preparation
- After the main coats, damaged areas on steel surface due to burning and welding shall be
cleaned according to “the table of surface treatments for damaged areas at pre‐erection/
dock & quay stage” and shall be painted as originally specified.
- When damage does not reach steel surface, the surface shall be roughened by sand papering
and touched up to specified film thickness.
- Table of surface treatments
In Pre‐Erection,
Location In Block Stage Dock & Quay
Stage
Flat Bottom and Side Bottom Sa 2.5 St 3
Top Side Shell outside Sa 2.5 St 3
Weather Decks Sa 2.5 St 3
Water Ballast Tanks and Fore & Aft Peak Tanks Sa 2.5 St 3
Painted Area St 3 St 3

Cargo Holds

Fresh Water Tanks Sa 2.5 St 3

Hull Tanks
F.O., D.O and L.O. Tanks Dry and Clean Dry and Clean
Machinery Space
St 2 St 2
Void Spaces, Cofferdams
Outside St 3 St 3
Deckhouse Behind the insulation, lining or ceiling
St 2 St 2
Bare Steel
Other Spaces St 2 St 2


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

21 ‐ After body
211 ‐ Shell

- Bottom and side shell plating shall be stiffened.
- Round bar to be welded on transom edge adjacent to shell plate.
- Chafing bars to be provided on outer shell in way of mooring ropes
- Openings in shell plating to be well rounded and reinforced.
- Openings of sea chests and bow thruster in shell plating to be well rounded.

214 ‐ Main Deck

- Main deck plating shall longitudinally be stiffened with transverse webs and shall be
reinforced in way of mooring winches and mooring fittings, if necessary.
- Doubling plates or substructures to be provided under supports, columns, legs etc.
- Girders, short beam and/or post to be provided under deck having concentrate loading, such
as deck machinery, bitt, bollards and boat davits etc.

216 ‐ Stern tube bulkhead

- Stern tube bulkhead shall be of stiffened plane type.

218 ‐ Stern frame

- Eye plates shall be provided for lifting of propeller and rudder.
- Rudder trunk shall be of non‐watertight structure surrounding rudder stock.
- Stern frame to be of fabricated steel plate welded construction with the propeller boss of
cast steel fabricated with cast steel and steel plate.
- Stern frame to be welded to shell and keel.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

22 ‐ Engine Area

- The double bottom in the Engine Room is to have transverse framing system with plate floors
at every frame.
- A 690 mm height cofferdam will be arranged under main engine between lubrication oil
circulation tank and shell.
- Aft of the sump tank a pump suction area will be installed.
- Two bilge wells in fore part and one in the aft part are to be arranged.
- Ventilation ducts are arranged either as integrative part of the steel structure or as loose
ducts where more convenient.
- All opening on platform decks to be provided with steel coaming. At larger openings provision to place portable
safety stanchions to be provided.

221 ‐ Shell

- Bottom and side shell platting shall be stiffened.
- Chafing bars to be provided on outer shell in way of mooring ropes

223 ‐ Double bottom and engine foundation

- Double bottom shall be constructed with floors and girders.
- Cofferdams will be arranged under main engine between lubrication oil circulation tank and
shell.
- Main engine foundation shall be integrated into the double bottom structure, and the
scantlings and arrangement of main engine foundation shall be in accordance with engine
manufacturer’s recommendation.
- The engine seating will be arranged in accordance with the engine manufacturer's
requirements.
- Girders under main engine to be extended to forward and aft as far as possible.

224 – Main Deck

- Main deck plating shall longitudinally be stiffened with transverse webs and shall be
reinforced in way of mooring winches and mooring fittings, if necessary.
- Doubling plates or substructures to be provided under supports, columns, legs etc.
226 ‐ Platforms, bulkheads & hull tanks

- Platform decks to be provided in engine room, and suited to main engine as far as possible.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Platform for the generators to be reinforced if necessary.
- The openings in the platform decks of Engine Room shall have rounded corners and be
provided with a coaming of 80 mm height where necessary.
- Web frames to be fitted in engine room, spaced in general not more than five (5) frame
spaces apart.
- Pillars under the platform and additional beams will be fitted to avoid vibrations as required
by Classification Society and as far as necessary.
- Foundation for auxiliary diesel engines will be made in rigid steel plate design according to
Classification Society requirements under the aspect of good accessibility for service and
inspection.
- Foundation for generator engines to be as per maker recommendation.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

23 ‐ Cargo Area
231 ‐ Shell

- Bottom and side shell plating shall be longitudinally and/or transversely stiffened.
- Stringer plates and sheer strake to be connected welded T‐ type corner fillet. Welding quality
and inspection to be in accordance with the requirements of the Classification Society.
- Tug push marks to be marked on the shell plating, the structure in thrusting position to be
strengthened and stiffened.
- The reinforcement in bottom shell for docking to be carried out in accordance to the
requirement of the Classification Society.
- Erection joints to be kept clear of transverse bulkhead joint as far as practicable.

233 ‐ Double bottom

- Bottom and inner bottom stiffeners to be arranged longitudinally.
- Reinforcements in way of container corners are to be located in correspondence with the
defined container stack loads.
- Double bottom and side tanks shall be designed as water ballast tanks and shall
longitudinally be stiffened with floors at every 4th frame in general and girders.
- Manholes for double bottom tanks and other tanks to be fitted at suitable positions. Two (2)
manholes for each ballast tank and fuel oil tank in way of cargo holds to be provided.

234 ‐ Main Deck

- The ship has a continuous Main Deck as open weather and freeboard deck.
- The Main deck is without camber and sheer.
- The Main deck has a sufficient number of scuppers near the shear strake.
- Main deck to be strength deck, longitudinal framing system outside line of openings and
transverse framing inside line of openings. Main deck outside line of hatch openings to be
fitted with girders, longitudinal stiffeners and transverses, spaced in general not more than
four (4) frame spaces apart below the top of side ballast tanks.
- Thicker insert plate may be used if necessary at the hatch corner and the form of the hatch
corner to be circular or elliptical in accordance with the Class Rules.
- Structure to be suitably strengthened under main deck in way of cargo crane pedestals (for
future installation).
- Substructures to be provided under supports, columns, legs etc.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

236 ‐ Transverse bulkheads
Watertight transversal bulkheads
- Transverse bulkheads will be built flat with vertical and/or horizontal stiffeners in general.
Support bulkhead
- Support bulkheads carry the cell guides and ventilation ducts and contain vertical and
horizontal walkways where necessary for accessibility to reefer containers.

237 ‐ Hatch coamings
- Below Coaming Deck level the cargo hold ventilation fans and cargo hold access hatches are
located.
- Any opening in hatch coamings to have circular or elliptical shape orΩ shape with smooth
edges without notches.
- The coamings for cargo hatches to be fitted with horizontal stiffened surface plating.
- Coaming stays to be provided at every four frame in general. Stays of hatch coaming shall
have soft toe at main deck. This area shall be properly reinforced by under deck
reinforcements in line with stay end to avoid cracks.
- Smooth grinding to be provided for hatch coaming and main deck connection.

238 – Tanks
- All vertically mounted manhole for tanks to be provided with hand grip both inside and
outside and manhole with sill height more the 600mm to be provided with hand grip and
foot rest both inside and outside, as per Rule requirements and Builder’s practice.
Fuel tank sections
- Two deep tank sections are arranged between CH 3/4 and CH 5/6.
- Between the deep fuel tanks and side shell void spaces to be arranged (no BW tanks), except
HFO No.3.
- Operational fuel tanks are arranged at sides of the engine room.
- The engine room tanks to be strength tested for the first vessel as per Class rules.
Fresh water tanks
- All fresh water tanks are located in both bilge keel areas in front of the engine room.
Ballast water / Anti‐Heeling tanks
- The ship has ballast water tanks, which scantlings are dimensioned in correspondence with
the centralized equilibrium overflow system.
- The number of ballast water tanks may vary according more detailed damage stability and
intact stability optimization.
- In way of cargo hold no. 4 a heeling system using one pair of ballast side tanks to be arranged
with connection pipe and in‐built pump on double bottom.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

239 ‐ Miscellaneous
Pipe Duct
- A pipe duct will be provided from ER to the fwd. fuel tank section, located PS. beside cl.,
containing remote controlled valves for Ballast water tanks and Fuel oil transfer pipes.
- The access from engine room to be made through a watertight door.
- Bottom structure in way of pipe tunnel to be adequate for docking with centerline keel
blocks.
- An emergency exit is arranged at fwd. end.
- Pipe duct to be fitted with a rail with trolley.
- Sufficient lighting and sufficient mechanical ventilation to be provided.
Bilge Wells
- Two aft bilge wells will be provided for each cargo hold with a minimum holding capacity acc.
the rules.
- For easy access to remotely controlled valves on the double bottom (if any), for access to the
manholes to tanks or void spaces and to the bilge wells inspection ways are to be arranged,
independent from possible container stowage.
Passage Way
- A combined cable/pipe duct and passage way (800 mm light width) will be located at PS.
below main deck to enable easy access from engine room to all the five transversal reefer
container maintenance areas in cargo hold 2‐6.
- From the passage way the entrance to the cargo holds leads trough air locks to reach the
transversal platforms in way of reefer container aft side areas.
- The passage way ends in way of cargo crane no. 1.
Ventilation Ducts
- The ventilation ducts (made of steel) for the reefer container supply resp. transport of
dangerous goods to be provided as structural ducts in upper part without internal horizontal
stiffeners and as loose ducts in middle and lower part of the cargo holds.

24 ‐ Fore body
241 ‐ Shell

- Bottom and side shell plating shall longitudinally and/or transversely be stiffened.
- The bottom to be strengthened against slamming and designed in accordance with the
requirement of the Classification Society, for the draft corresponding to the normal ballast
condition.
- Anchors to be stowed against an “outside anchor pocket” construction to ensure that anchor
drops clear of bulbous bow.
- Anchor to make 3 point contact when housed in the hawse pipe as per Class requirement.
- Anchor rubbing area to have thickness 2‐3 mm above class requirement.
- Chafing bars to be provided on outer shell in way of mooring ropes.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

243 ‐ Forecastle deck

- Forecastle deck builds as deck with straight sheer and with minimum bow height as per Class
rule.
- The Forecastle Deck is to be reinforced in way of mooring/anchoring equipment according
unified rules UR A2‐standard.
- The Forecastle Deck shall be protected with bulwark with openings for proper mooring and
anchoring operations.
- Strong anchor hawsers are to be arranged.
- Two self‐stowing chain lockers with sufficient headroom above stowed chain shall be
positioned directly below the anchor windlasses with bilge well to the sumps (h about
800mm) as shown on the General Arrangement Plan.
- Chain locker access doors to be manhole type and watertight with hinges. Suitable access to
the bottom of each chain lockers is to be provided.
- One chain pipe is to be arranged under each gypsy wheel. For protection and smooth
running of cables chafing rings of fabricated steel bar or similar arrangements are to be
provided.
- The chain cable release is to be watertight with the chain locker compartment(s).

244 ‐ Breakwater
- Breakwater construction to be arranged and the height of breakwater shall be determined
according to the Class rule’s recommendation

246 ‐ Bow and stem

- The fore peak is used for ballast water intake.
- Stiffeners will be located inside the tank under the aspect of accessibility.
- A combined echo sounder, log and emergency fire fighting pump room is to be arranged.
- Bow shall be stiffened with transverses and horizontal stiffeners.
- Fore peak bulkhead shall be of vertically or horizontally stiffened plane type.
- Stem together with bulbous bow to be of fabricated welded steel construction throughout
with well‐rounded forward edge, carefully formed to obtain fair connections to the hull lines
and welded to the shell and keel plate.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

25 ‐ Deck House & Superstructure
251 ‐ Deck houses

- The aft most Accommodation Deckhouse, consisting of 9 tiers deckhouse including blind
deck and wheelhouse will be placed on main deck.
- The uppermost deck has a straight camber for forced water release.
- The other Deckhouse decks are without camber and sheer.
- The Height between the steel decks in general will be at least 2,900 mm.
- The Height between Blind and Bridge deck is 2,800 mm.
- Main walls of deckhouse shall be aligned with the primary structures below upper deck to
maintain the structural continuity as far as practicable.
- Bridge wings shall extend to the full breadth of the vessel and shall be of open type
construction with suitable supports and wind deflectors.
- External wall of deck house shall be of vertically stiffened flat type, and internal walls shall be
of vertically stiffened flat type and/or corrugated type where suitable.
- Wet spaces and spaces that are frequently hosed down, shall be continuously weld and
smooth grinding to prevent rust streaks.
- Manhole and lugs shall be provided for maintenance underneath bridge wings
- If pillars used for construction, doubler plates to be provided with end brackets.
- Extra attention required or addition buckling stiffener to avoid buckling of deck house plates
during construction.

Funnel and Casing
- The engine casing will be integrated in the Deckhouse.
- The funnel is an open construction with conveniently bend exhaust gas pipe ends.
- Funnel shall be of rectangular type and shall be stiffened vertically with horizontal webs
inside and shall be closed by accessible top plate.
- Above funnel top plate an open structure in front and aft wall to be performed, whereas the
side walls to be of closed structure.
- Louvers to be provided on back of funnel for engine room ventilation exhaust air.
- Funnel structure to be strengthened at supports for exhaust pipes etc.
- Eyes or rails for painting stages to be provided outside.
- Drainage to aft side to be provided.
- Company’s emblem to be marked with welding beads or cutout steel plate.
- Funnel top to be sloped little aft for proper drainage.
- Eyes for painting stages and maintaining under bridge wings to be provided.
-


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

26 ‐ Hull Outfitting
261 ‐ Hull & house marking

- Vessel's name, Brazilian port of registry mark and IMO number shall be of prefabricated by
cutout plate or welded letters according to the information which to be provided by the
owner one month prior the ship’s launching.
- Liberia port of register to be painted without welded letters.

262 ‐ Bottom plugs, sea chests, bilge wells
Bottom Plugs
- All permanent tanks adjacent to the shell will be provided with a drain plug.
- Drain plugs will be of stainless steel.
- They will be arranged as close as practicable to the lowest point of the tanks and kept clear
of keel blocks and suction pipes.
- The key for plugs to be used, one end for water tanks and the other end for oil tanks.
Sea Chests
- Sea chests shall be integrated into the hull structure and provided with vent‐pipes and
compressed air pipes.
- Size of the sea chests to be minimum 900 x 600 acc. Rules.
- Drain holes and air holes to be arranged in the shell plates in lower and upper parts of the
sea chests.
- Sea chest openings to be shaped so as to avoid stress concentration of shell plating.
- The thickness of those plates forming the sea chest boundary shall be at least the same as
that of adjacent shell plate.
- Nuts and bolts used for sea chest fittings shall be of stainless steel.
- Sea chest plates to be provided with 2mm thickness above class requirement.
Bilge Wells
- Two bilge wells in fore part and one in the aft part of engine room are to be arranged.
- Each cargo hold is equipped with two bilge wells at aft end at outmost part of cargo hold.

263 ‐ Foundation

- Foundations for auxiliary engines, deck machinery, etc. shall be of welded steel structures
and shall be provided with girders or carlings where necessary.
- Crane columns (future install) to be reinforced under the upper deck.
264 ‐ Fender & wear bars, bilge keels


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Bilge keels with a length of approx. 25 per cent of LBP shall be fabricated with rolled profile.
- Bilge keels are to be attached to the shell by doublers. In general, both the bilge keel and the
doublers are to be continuous. The connections of the bilge keel to the doublers and
doublers to the shell are to be double continuous fillet welds.
- Butt welds in the bilge keel and doublers to have full penetration and are to be kept clear of
master erection butts. In general, shell butts are to be flush in way of the doublers and
doublers butts are to be flush in way of the bilge keel. In general, scallops and cutouts are
not to be used.
- Bilge keel ends to be fairly tapered without special reinforcement and ended at frames of the
hull.
- MT or PT shall be carried out at the ends of bilge keels.

266 ‐ Hawse pipes

- One hawse pipe of welded steel plate at portside and starboard side of the Forecastle Deck
forward is to be arranged and firmly connected to inner hull and shell structures with bell
mouth arrangements.
- Nozzles are to be provided for washing chain cable.
- The bell mouth of hawse pipe shall be designed to allow for free fall of anchor.
- 100% UT and MT to be carried out.

27 – Painting Work – see extra Part

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

291 – Marking

- Steel marks coating applied to be fully compatible with the under‐laid paint on the hull
surface in order to avoid quick removal and flaking
No Name Location Remarks
1 Bow emblem Welded beads, painted
2 Draft marks (in dm) Both sides of bow, Arabic numerals of 100 mm height
amidships and made of 8mm steel plate and welded,
stern/rudder painted
3 Freeboard marks Both sides of amidships 8mm steel plates welded, painted
4 Ship’s name Both sides of bow ship’s name, welded beads, painted,
1000 mm high
Transom ship’s name, welded beads, painted,
800 mm high
Bridge Wings Wooden boards
5 Port of registry Transom Letters 600 mm high, welded beads,
painted
6 Tonnage letter Surface welded
7 Owners badge None
8 Funnel Mark Funnel, both sides welded beads, painted
9 Accommodation house Mark None
10 Load water line 75mm long weld beads spaced 3m
apart
11 Tank corners and plug marks Surface welded
12 Container bay numbers On hatch coamings or Spot‐welded, painted
main deck
13 Frame numbers On main deck at web Surface welded
frame, placed on Hatch
coaming
14 Bow thruster, Bulbous bow, Welded beads of 50 mm
IW, IMO‐Number, Keep clear IMO number on transom, welded
of Prop. beads, painted, 400 mm high
15 Tug pushing area mark Surface welded
16 Boot topping None
17 Drain Plugs shell Welded beads

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Miscellaneous Marking

Item Position Construction Painting Letter

Builder's Bridge Brass plate black Lacquer English

name board (black)
bare metal
(Letter)
Room name Entrance of Stainless Steel ‐‐‐‐ English
each room carved name
and passage and room number

Stair case in each floor a plate with cabins’ names from the respective deck

Caution plate Steel plate as suitable English
where necessary

Ship's length both sides on Stainless Steel ‐‐‐ Metric unit
indication bridge wings carved
and foot
label plate measure

Ship's call Radio station Plastic plate red paint English
letter

Valves, pipe every place Stainless Steel red paint English
heads, including
(sounding, engine room numerals
filling, air weather deck (stainless)
lines etc.) open deck welded beads

Safety signs in way of foil type ‐‐‐ IMO‐Symbol
accommodation

Manhole beside man‐ welded
covers hole at tank beads
Ballast Water Tanks Frames marked at each deck’s level as far as possible


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925


3,100 TEU
Container Vessel

Type

RUBY 3100 neptun

Version: CH4
SFI GROUP SYSTEM

Part 1 – GENERAL
Part 2 – HULL
except 27 (PAINT)
Part 27 – PAINT



2021‐10‐12
NSD Rostock/Germany


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

27 - Material Protection............................................................................................... 3
28 - Catodic Protection and Antifouling System ....................................................... 9
281 - External ...................................................................................................... 9
282 - Internal ....................................................................................................... 9
29 - Galvanization .................................................................................................... 9

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

27 - Material Protection
General
- Painting scheme to be in accordance with the following specification or equivalent products
from the makers in Maker’s List.
- The positions not mentioned hereinafter should be painted same as the surrounding area or
similar positions.
- Number of coats might be adjusted according to paint manufacturer’s recommendation
subject to Owner’s approval, but total DFT can’t be reduced.
Preconditions
- Service Interval (SPC): 90 months
- Sea water temperature: 25°C
- Ship’s speed: 18 knots
- Full service: 80%

total
No. of DFT Surface Preparation
Paint System DFT
Coats (μm) (Block/hull stage)
(μm)
27‐1 ‐Flat Bottom of shell plate(From flat bottom to up bilge keel)

1 Epoxy Anti‐Corrosive Primer 150 Sa2.5/St3
1 Epoxy Anti‐Corrosive Primer 100
325+
1 Epoxy tie-coat 75
As per paint
‐ Tin‐Free Self‐polishing Anti‐fouling maker’s standard
27‐2 ‐Vertical Side Shell: From bilge keel to up 11.0m(including bilge keel, sea chest, Bow Thruster
Tunnel, bulbous area, rudder outside)
325+
1 Epoxy tie-coat 75
As per paint
‐ Tin‐Free Self‐polishing Anti‐fouling maker’s standard
27‐3 ‐Boot Top Vertical Side：From 11.0m to up 11.6m
375
1 Polyurethane 50
1 Polyurethane 50

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

total
No. of DFT
Surface Preparation
Paint System DFT
Coats (Block/hull stage)
(μm)
(μm)
27‐4 ‐Top Side：from 11.6m ‐ up to Main/Back/Poop Deck/Forecastle deck(Including bulwark
outside, hawse pipe and Fender Area), hawse pipe
375
1 Polyurethane 50
1 Polyurethane 50
27‐5 ‐Rudder inside(it is painted by brush or spraying before close the rudder blade shell plate at the
block stage)
1 Modified Epoxy 150 150 ‐/St2
27‐6 ‐Anchor and anchor chain
‐ Equipment maker's standard - ‐ ‐
27‐7 ‐Weather decks area & External decks
Exposed Weather Deck: Back deck, Main deck, Poop deck, Forecastle deck, Accommodation outside
deck, foundations and outfitting on weather deck
1 Modified Epoxy 125 Sa2.5/St3
1 Modified Epoxy 100
325
1 Polyurethane 50
1 Polyurethane 50
27‐8 ‐Inside of Bulwark
350
1 Polyurethane 50
1 Polyurethane 50
27‐9 ‐Hatch Coaming outside
350
1 Polyurethane 50

1 Polyurethane 50

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

total
Paint System DFT
(μm)
27‐10 ‐Hatch Cover outside and outfitting
400
1 Polyurethane 50
1 Polyurethane 50
27‐11 ‐Hatch Cover underside(no painting and no surface treatment for enclosed area of hatch
covers)
250
27‐12 ‐Superstructures, deck houses, mast houses and funnel Outside
Accommodation, deckhouse, mast houses and funnel outside, radar and fore masts outside, Life
Boat/Raft davits, raft slide tracks, outfitting.
1 Modified Epoxy 100 St3/St3
300
1 Polyurethane 50
1 Polyurethane 50
27‐13 ‐Lashing Bridges, Crane Pillars, cranes, stanchions outside, cell guides on deck
400
1 Polyurethane 50
1 Polyurethane 50
27‐14 ‐Superstructures& deck houses& store rooms internal, funnel inside
Superstructures, deck houses, store rooms ,workshops, emergency gen. room etc. internal bare wall
&ceiling steel
1 Alkyd Primer 80 St2/St2
120
1 Alkyd Finish 40
Superstructures, deck houses, store rooms, workshops, emergency gen. room etc. internal bare deck
steel
120
1 Alkyd Finish 40

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

total
Paint System DFT
(μm)
Superstructures, deck houses, store rooms etc. internal steel behind Insulated & Lining
1 Alkyd Primer 80 80 St2/St2
Steel deck below sanitary cells and in way of gutters
1 Modified Epoxy 125 125 St2/St2
Funnel inside
105
1 Aluminium hot resistant paint 25
deck under deck composition and cementing
‐ No Paint - ‐ ‐/St2
Exhaust pipes outside
1 Hot resistant paint 25 25 St2/St2
27‐15 ‐Engine room, Engine casing, boiler & pump rooms, steering gear compartments areas, fore
store rooms etc.
Bare wall and ceiling of Engine room, Rudder gear room, Separator deck, Switchboard room, workshops, ECR,
Stores, Engine casing, boiler & pump rooms, emergency gen. room, Rooms below after mooring deck
120
1 Alkyd Finish 40
Bare inside decks of Engine room, Rudder gear room, Separator room, Switchboard room, workshops,
ECR, all stores, Engine casing, boiler & pump rooms, emergency gen. room, Rooms below after
mooring deck
120
1 Alkyd Finish 40
Steel surface behind Insulation and paneling
1 Alkyd Primer 80 80 St2/St2
Tank top area below lowest grating floor plate of engine room
250
Bilge wells in Engine room
250

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

total
Paint System DFT
(μm)
27‐16 ‐Cargo Hold Area
Cargo holds: side walls, bulkheads with interior, accesses, ventilation ducts outside, container cell
guides
250
Cargo holds: bottom and deck, Bilge wells
250
27‐17 –Ballast sea water tanks, cofferdams, chain lockers, voids
Ballast sea water tanks, fore peak ballast water tank
320
Rudder choker and Rudder shaft, chain lockers
300
Voids, Cofferdams, Transversal Box girders, passage way of below main deck, Thruster room, Inside of
all ventilation ducts
250
Pipe Ducts /Pipe tunnel
320
27‐18 –Fresh water tanks, Drinking water tanks
Remark: The first epoxy holding primer is painted as a temporary protection primer only at block
stage, after erection, the damage areas and erection joint areas will be grind to St3, and intact paint
surface will be roughness, then only direct apply the Solvent Free Epoxy Coating.
1 Epoxy Holding Primer 50 Sa2.5/St3
300
1 Solvent free Epoxy 300

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

total
Paint System DFT
(μm)
27‐19 –Fuel oil & lube oil tanks, other liquid tanks integrated in hull
Sewage holding tank, Waste oil tank, FO separator sludge tanks, LO Separator Sludge Tank, Oily Bilge
water tank, Condensate tank, CW expansion tank, Cooling Water Drain Tank, Stern Tube Cooling
Water, Bilge water holding Tank, Bilge Water Settling Tank, Sludge Holding Tank, Dirty Oil Tank,
Boiler Feed Water Tank
250
MGO system tanks, HFO system tanks, Lube oil system tanks (include: HFO Storage Tank, HFO Day
Tank, HFO Overflow Tank, HFO Settling Tank, MGO Storage Tank, MGO Day Tank, MGO Emergency
generator, AE LO Storage Tank, Cylinder Oil Storage Tank, ME LO Settling Tank, ME LO Storage Tank,
LO Stern Tube Storage Tank, Fuel Oil Drain Tank, Fuel Oil Overflow ER Tank, Stern Tube Oil Drain Tk)
Wiped rust inhibitive oil as a temporary
‐ - ‐ ‐/St2
protection
ME LO Circulating Tank
No painting and no wiped rust inhibitive
‐ oil, only wiped with system lube oil as a - ‐ ‐/St2
temporary protection
27‐20 –Outfitting for example deck machinery, main engine, generator, electric equipment, life
boat etc.
‐ Equipment maker's standard - ‐ ‐
27‐21 –All the dead /close spaces
‐ No surface treatment and no paint - ‐ ‐

- If period between launching and delivery is 6‐8 months more yard to arrange underwater
survey for coating condition and if period exceed 8 month builder to arrange for dry docking.
- If hull is in water more than 90 days, yard to provide Paint Maker’s confirmation that it will
not affect the warranty.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

28 - Catodic Protection and Antifouling System

281 - External
- An automatically controlled impressed current cathodic protection (ICCP) system shall be
provided for corrosion protection of the immersed hull including propeller based on the
following design criteria. ICCP anodes shall have a life of 7.5 years.
 Mean current density : 35 mA/m2 for underwater Hull
 Propeller : 600mA/m2
 Anode type : Pt/Ti anode
- Sacrificial aluminium alloy anodes of bolting type shall be fitted in sea chests, on aft part near
propeller, in bow thruster tunnel and on rudder based on the following design criteria.
 Design Lifetime of anode : 7.5years
 Mean current density : 5 – 10 mA/m2
282 - Internal
- Pipe antifouling system (MGPS) with copper and aluminium anodes to be installed in sea
chest with separate tank inside vessel or in the Main sea water Filters. Anodes should have
7.5 years service life.
29 - Galvanization
- Galvanising shall be applied as mention throughout the spec and for following outfitting:
- Handles and clips of exterior steel doors.
- Small chains (8mm dia. and below).
- Small shackles and thimbles (8mm dia. and below)
- Hinges, small bolts and nuts under 12mm dia. exposed to weather.
- Standing rigging for masts
- Ventilator ducts (thickness below 2 mm) (refer to galvanized thin plate spire ducts, mainly used for
accommodation etc.).
- Steps of inclining and vertical ladders on weather deck .
- Chain pipe and hawse pipe covers.

- Galvanised pipes outside to be painted one finish coat similar to surrounding, inside not to
be painted.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Building Spec. – Part 3-4 page 1 of 23 Drw.-No. 3312-0100-0010-CH4

3,100 TEU
Container Vessel

Type

RUBY 3100 neptun

Version: CH4
SFI GROUP SYSTEM

Part 1 – GENERAL
Part 2 – HULL
except 27 (PAINT)
Part 27 – PAINT



2021‐10‐12
NSD Rostock/Germany


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

3 ‐ EQUIPMENT FOR CARGO .......................................................................................................... 3
30 ‐ Hatches, Ports ......................................................................................................................................... 3
301 ‐ Cargo hatch covers with equipment on weather decks ............................................................................ 3
304 ‐ Smaller hatches, grain hatches, manhole covers ...................................................................................... 5
315 ‐ Container lashing....................................................................................................................................... 7
33 ‐ Deck Cranes for Cargo (space reserved) ................................................................................................. 10
37 ‐ Gas/Ventilation Systems for Cargo Holds/Tanks .................................................................................... 11
373 ‐ Open ventilations systems for cargo holds ............................................................................................. 11
4 ‐ SHIP EQUIPMENT ..................................................................................................................... 12
40 ‐ Manoeuvring Machinery & Equipment .................................................................................................. 12
401 ‐ Rudder welded parts ............................................................................................................................... 12
402 ‐ Rudder carriers, rudder stocks, rudder bearings .................................................................................... 12
403 ‐ Steering gear ........................................................................................................................................... 13
404 ‐ Bow thruster ........................................................................................................................................... 13
41 ‐ NAVIGATION – see extra Part .......................................................................................................... 15
42 ‐ COMMUNICATION – see extra Part ................................................................................................... 15
43 ‐ Anchoring, Mooring & Towing Equipment ............................................................................................. 16
431 ‐ Anchor and chain .................................................................................................................................... 16
433 ‐ Windlass and winches ............................................................................................................................. 17
435 ‐ Mooring equipment ‐ fixed ..................................................................................................................... 19
436 ‐ Mooring equipment ‐ loose ..................................................................................................................... 19
437 ‐ Towing equipment .................................................................................................................................. 20
44 ‐ Rep./Maint./Clean. Equip. Workshop/ Store Outfit, Name Plates .......................................................... 21
441 ‐ Machine tools, cutting & welding equipment ......................................................................................... 21
445 ‐ Garbage disposal plants and incinerator ................................................................................................. 21
446 ‐ Outfitting in store rooms & workshops ................................................................................................... 21
448 ‐ Name plates/marking on machinery, equipment, pipes, cables ............................................................. 22
45 ‐ Lifting & Transport Equipment for Machinery Components ................................................................... 23
452 ‐ Travelling cranes & lifting gear in engine room ...................................................................................... 23


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

3 - Equipment for Cargo

30 - Hatches, Ports
301 - Cargo hatch covers with equipment on weather decks
- Type: Pontoon type steel hatch covers in open or partly closed‐box design
- Sizes are corresponding to hatch openings length x breadth as follows:
 Size of No. 1 12.64 m x 15.46 m (2 panels á three container rows)
 Size of No. 2 12.64 m x 25.42 m (2 panels á five container rows)
 Size of No. 3‐10 12.64 m x 30.90 m each (3 panels á four cont. rows each)
- The single weight of the hatch cover panels to be < 40 tons
- The Panels are not interchangeable.
- The cell guides will protrude 80 mm above the hatch coaming level.
- Uniform wave loads according MSC.143(77)
- Water spray system for IMDG class 1 dangerous cargo in hold No. 1 to be provided under the
relevant hatch covers, as required.
- Operation of panels to be of non‐sequence type operated by shore cranes.
Tightness of hatch covers
- All hatches to be weather tight.
- The hatch covers are sealed by solid rubber profiles of cat profile tightening against a
stainless steel mating profile on the hatch coaming bench.
- The weather tightness between the panels in the longitudinal joints is to be achieved by
double seals of rubber lip type with special end pieces each.
Hatch cover supports and mechanical fittings
- Replaceable non‐sliding flexible bearing pads mounted on panels are to be used for
compensating horizontal movement caused by ship’s distortion.
- The hatch covers are secured by holding‐down devices, which are fixed at the lashing bridges
(manually handled, rotatable bracket‐type) and/or the coaming top (manually handled, pin‐
type).
- Longitudinal (x‐) and transversal (y‐) stoppers will transmit the loads to the hatch coamings.
- Each hatch cover panel is to be provided with a combined (x‐/y‐)stopper (king pin) at the fore
or aft end (if possible in the centerline of the panel), in order to restrain panel movement
due to rolling and pitching of the vessel.
- Regular transversal (y‐) stopper to be provided at the opposite end (fore or aft)
- Transversal coamings and transversal skirt plates of the panels will be equipped with guides.
- Rubbing plates for longitudinal guidance are integrated in Lashing Bridges, where fitted.
- The coamings will be strengthened locally due to vertical forces.
- Guiding pieces to be 2.5 to 3 times the height of hatch cover height on the transversal side,
integrated into the lashing bridge structure.
- Gutter bars to be welded on hatch cover top plate in the vicinity of longitudinal gap
- Hatch cover lifting sockets shall be surrounded by doubling plate to protect hatch cover top
plate.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Separate Lifting sockets for hatch cover handling by container spreader for 20‐ft and/or 40‐ft
containers to be provided on each hatch cover panel.
Stacking of panels
- Panels shall be stacked on each other, with suitable fittings such as mild steel rests and legs
max. 3 panels.
- Each hatch cover rest‐stanchion to have height for ensuring save storage on top of other
hatch cover with loose lashing material remaining on covers.
- Loose lashing equipment can be left provided its height does not exceed 110mm above the
top plate of panel.
Ventilation
- Ventilation of the cargo holds to be suitable for the carriage of containers and cargoes as
described in General Part.
- The side panels shall be prepared with ventilation openings (wall ventilators) acc. necessary
natural supply air flow in case of transporting dangerous goods in holds.
- The wall ventilators shall be protected with hinged covers, closable and lockable by one‐hand
operation.
- In open position the covers are latched automatically.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

304 - Smaller hatches, grain hatches, manhole covers
- General for all hatches:
 If top cover’s weight is above 30kg, hatches to be equipped with counter balance
weight
 Hinged covers to be securable in open position.
- All hatches (expect those specified as bolted) to be of hinged type.
Space from Deck No Size Remark
Bosun Store Forecastle 1 1,300x1,300 Counterweight
With portable derrick
for Suez Cannel
search light
Bosun Store Forecastle 1 450 mm dia Rope Hatch
Bow Thruster Room CH 1 1 2,000x2,150 Bolted flush type
Bow Thruster Main deck 1 750x600 weathertight, with
Escape pad lock
Engine Room Main Deck 1 1,850x2,520 Bolted, flush type
Engine Room, Main Deck, in way of 1 1,300x1,300 wt., hinged (without
above engine provision crane counterweight),
workshop operated by lifting
device
Emergency exit ER Main deck, 1 800x800 counterweight
Rope store, aft Mooring deck, aft 1 450 mm dia Rope Hatch
Store, aft Mooring deck, aft 1 750x600
Steering gear room Mooring deck, aft 1 800x800 counter weight, ,
indicator switch, pad
lock
CO2‐room Mooring deck, aft 1 1,000x1,000 counterweight
Chain Locker 2 800x600 wt., bolted, with Pad
lock
Escape pipe duct Main Deck 1 750x600 wt., indicator switch

Removed type handrail handrails to be provided around bow thruster room hatch on bottom
of CH1.
Weight of the bolted hatch (except manhole cover) to be marked for bolted hatch using
welding bead.
Hold access
- All holds are to be provided with two accesses, either from main deck with each of minimum
600x600mm with round shape corners, suitable securing arrangements for the Open Position
or/and from Passage way on tween deck PS. via air locks or single watertight doors.
- Convenient access trunks/ways enable access to bilge wells at the aft end at both sides of
each cargo hold.
- Vertical ladders are provided in all holds in accordance with Australian rules, thus with a max.
length of 6 m.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Supervision Facilities in Ballast and Fuel Bunker Tanks
- For each Ballast water side tank in cargo hold area at least 2 ladders are facilitated at the side
in way of the manholes and between reaching near to the tank top, to ease selective
supervision of the steel structure of the double hull.
- For each Fuel Bunker tank in cargo hold area at least 2 ladders are facilitated outside each in
way of the manholes and between reaching near to the tank top, to ease selective
supervision of the steel structure of the double hull.
- The web frame inside the ballast tanks should be made identifiable by marking the frame
number at each deck level of each compartment as far as practical.
Access to Bow Thruster Room
- The access to the bow thruster room to be ensured from the main deck in front of CH 1.
- For lifting the electrical motor of the Bow Thruster a bolted hatch cover is provided in CH 1.
Manholes
- In principle all tanks and void spaces are to have two access manholes, except for spaces
shorter than 3m and spaces where it is not practically feasible.
- All manholes are to be marked with tank name by means of welding beads on wall in the
vicinity.
- Preferably vertically mounted manholes of attached type are located in cargo holds in way of
the transversal walkways to enter ballast spaces and the void spaces above.
- Flush type manholes will be provided on passageways.
- At least one manhole to be reachable at any time, independent from the present loading
condition.
- Manholes on upper deck to be of sunk / flush type.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

315 - Container lashing

Stowing Principles and distances
MS
on Deck resp. Hatch covers
14 rows ISO (8') -Cont.
2438 80 2438 80 2438 80 2438 80 2438 80 2438 80 2438 40
12574
8 rows ISO (8') -Cont. + 6 rows EURO-Cont.
2438 49 2500 49 2438 49 2500 49 2438 49 2500 49 2438 40
in Cargo Holds
12 rows ISO (8') -Cont.
40
Side tank Rad.
466 2438 52 2438 52 2438 52 2438 122 2438 52 2438 26
12574
hatch beam = 30,900

2150
Breadth (moulded) = 35,200
Stack Loads
- The following stack loads correspond with the local reinforcements of all structural elements
i.e. hatch covers, lashing bridges, side stanchions and fixed lashing fittings but can be
reduced by ship’s acceleration figures depending on the location of the dedicated containers,
by wind impact or by restrictions of loose lashing material.
- Such possible reductions will be documented in the Cargo Securing manual,
- The Cargo Securing manual may be distinguished into two or even three parts which are
dedicated to certain different and clearly described voyage areas to optimize the lashing
procedure in correspondence with the particular GM’‐value.
- The Cargo Securing manual(s) will be provided by the deliverer of the loose lashing material
under Owners obligation.
- It is also Owners responsibility to order an individual calculation and permission of the
acceleration forces by the class to optimize restrictions obtained by applying standard rules.
- Stack loads in holds:
20’‐container weights of 6 x 24.0 tons = 144 tons
40’‐container weights of 6 x 30.5 tons = 183 tons
- Stack loads on hatch covers for 20’‐container in block stowage:
Hatch No. 1 / 2F/2A‐6 60 tons / 80/90 tons
- Stack loads on dedicated hatch covers for 45’‐container on top of second tier of ISO‐
container:
Hatch No. 2‐6 (see GAP) 60 tons
- Stack loads and individual container weight distribution on deck in front of deckhouse and on
hatch covers:


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

in front of
DH 40' in cellguides CH 6 1‐tier Lashing Bridge
FEU Lash Corridor
tier 8 4.5 FEU TEU
tier 7 4.5 tier 7 4.5 2.5
tier 6 4.5 tier 6 15 2.5
tier 5 14.5 tier 5 15 10.5
tier 4 33 tier 4 15 10.5
tier 3 33 tier 3 19.5 16
tier 2 33 tier 2 30.5 24
tier 1 33 tier 1 30.5 24

[t] 160 [t] 130 90

CH 3,
CH 4/5 1‐tier Lashing Bridge 2A 1‐tier Lashing Bridge
Lash Corridor Lash Corridor
FEU TEU
tier 6 15 2.5 FEU TEU
tier 5 15 10.5 tier 5 15 10.5
tier 4 15 10.5 tier 4 23.5 10.5
tier 3 24 18.5 tier 3 30.5 21
tier 2 30.5 24 tier 2 30.5 24
tier 1 30.5 24 tier 1 30.5 24

[t] 130 90 [t] 130 90
CH 2F 1‐tier Lashing Bridge CH 1 no Lashing Bridge
Block
Lash Corridor Stowage
FEU TEU FEU TEU
tier 4 18.5 8 tier 4 4.5 2.5
tier 3 30.5 24 tier 3 14.5 9.5
tier 2 30.5 24 tier 2 30.5 24
tier 1 30.5 24 tier 1 30.5 24

[t] 110 80 [t] 80 60

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Container stowage on Hatch Covers
- On hatch covers maximum 14 rows of 2,438 mm (ISO‐) can be carried in a mixed stowage.
- Maximum of 6 rows of 2,500 mm (EURO‐) wide containers can be carried instead of ISO
containers.
- The outermost container foundations will be arranged at container stanchions at ship’s side,
which carry vertical and longitudinal loads only.
- 45ft containers can be stowed on top of 40’ containers (starting on top of second tier of ISO‐
container).
- Container lashing method according the securing manual of the manufacturer of loose
lashing shall meet the requirements of class.
- For stowage of lashing rods and turnbuckles suitable facilities will be arranged.
- Container loading test on hatch cover and container pedestal to be carried out in accordance
with Builder’s practice which is based on mutual agreement with Owner.
- Lashing eyes to be arranged such that turnbuckles can be parked in‐situ = no need to remove
the turnbuckles.

Container stowage on Deck
- One stack for 40’‐containers to be stowed in 14 rows in cell guides in front of deckhouse
- Aft cell guide is accessible for reefer container maintenance.
- Outer container stanchions will be arranged to allow safe passage beneath outer containers.
- Container lashing method according to the securing manual of the manufacturer of loose
lashing shall meet the requirements of class.
- For stowage of lashing rods and turnbuckles suitable facilities will be arranged.

Lashing Bridges 40’
- Lashing bridges are installed between all 40’ stacks on hatch covers nos. 2‐10.
- The lashing bridges have free passage corridors of 750 mm (between handrails) in full
correspondence with the CSS‐code and AMSA rules, issue 2011.
- They enable the specified stack loads and guarantee easy access to the reefer containers.
- The lashing bridges allow lashing of the second and third container tier.
- The lashing bridges have guides for transport of hatch cover panels.
- The lashing bridges are equipped with lashing eyes, lights, facilities to fix turnbuckles and
lashing rods, gratings and railings.
- The ship is equipped with one set of a movable working platform and two movable ladders
for reefer container maintenance.
- A later Mock‐up test at Owner‐selected lashing equipment supplier’s site location may be
executed to check the suitability of selected lashing equipment in conjunction with different
types of containers, but is not subject of yard’s scope of supply.
- The lashing bridges are to be equipped for storage of lashing rods, long wind lashings may be
stored on deck.
- Rubber mat provided by the owner to be fitted on the floor of lashing bridge in order to
minimize the damage caused by the drop of lashing tools.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Lashing Corridors 20’/20’
- On hatches nos. 2‐6 the 20’‐containers can be stowed with lashing corridor between.
- Each lashing corridor has a passage breadth of 860 mm between the container walls in full
correspondence with the CSS‐code.
Cellguides
- In front of the deckhouse on main deck Cellguides are installed for 40’‐container to enable
ultimate stack loads.
- The height of the cellguides corresponds with the specified stack loads and will be fixed
accordingly.
- The aft cellguides is connected to the deckhouse and leads the forces to convenient steel
structure reinforcements inside the deckhouse.
- The fwd. cellguide is conveniently combined with the lashing bridge for HC 10 to form a
strong girder for bearing the longitudinal forces.
- Cell guides are to be made of 2 x L profiles 150 x 150 x 15 or T bars according to the maker’s
drawings.
- Top of each cell guide to be connected to a fixed entry guide fabricated with 20mm steel
plate.
Other Lashing Equipment
- On weather deck side stanchions are arranged for resting the outer container rows.
- Standard container sockets (110 mm high) to be arranged throughout the hatch covers and
on the side stanchions adequately to the container corner positions.
- All lashing corridors can be entered via side stanchions.
- The height adapters to be welded in 8’6” TEU alone slots.
- All loose lashing equipment is Owner’s supply including cell guide stoppers.
- The height adapters to be welded in 8’6” TEU slots.
- 24 pieces of stanchion type cell guide stoppers as loose lashing equipment to be provided by
the Owner on 3590 monkey rock in mid ship for reefer containers.
- The 1st floor of lashing stage walkway to be used the GRP grating, other layers used the steel
plate.
- Handrail to be provided on both sides of lashing stage walkway according the MAKER deign
and SS nuts and bolts to be used.
- Refer container socket boxes to be weather protected and to be IP56 grade.
33 - Deck Cranes for Cargo (space reserved)

- Space to be reserved for three (3) sets of electro‐hydraulic single type jib deck cranes as
follows:
 Max SWL 45 tons
 25.0 m outreach at SWL 45 tons (cranes nos. 1 ‐ 3)
 29.5 m outreach at SWL 36 tons (crane no. 3)
 28.8 m outreach at SWL 36 tons (crane nos. 1‐2)
- Substructures for crane columns to be prepared up to main deck.
- Cables to be laid under the main deck in way of crane positions.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

37 - Gas/Ventilation Systems for Cargo Holds/Tanks

373 - Open ventilations systems for cargo holds
- Each cargo hold has two (2) times air change by mechanical exhaust related to the empty
hold volume, served by exhaust resp. reversible fans.
- Add. supply Fans are installed providing together with the reversible fans each reefer
container with 4,500 m³/h fresh air.
- The reefer containers are located in cargo holds nos. 2, 3F‐4 , 5Fat second to fourth layer at
dedicated stacks, reefer aggregates always aftwards directed.
- Dedicated exhaust resp. reversible fans acc. assignment in Part General shall be explosion‐
proof according to the requirements for transport of dangerous goods.
- The fans are located in way of the transversal hatch coamings penetrating the main deck
beneath.
- All fans are accessible from the main deck via the lashing bridges to remove for maintenance.
Required lifting eyes will also be provided.
- The cargo hold fans are equipped with stand‐still heatings.
- The vertical ducts are provided with air outlet openings to cope with the height of the high‐
cube reefer containers.
- The openings to provide the reefer containers at second and third tier with fresh air are
designed with adjustable plates to be able to control the air flow volume to the reefer
container aggregates resp. to close the outlet.
- The openings to provide the reefer containers at fourth tier with fresh air are designed with
lamellas to direct the air flow to the reefer container aggregates resp. to close the outlet.
- In case of transporting dangerous goods in the respective cargo hold there are suction
openings at first layer, which have to be opened completely.
- Parallel to the open lower inlet the opening at third layer has also to be opened, whereas the
openings in way of first and second tier to be closed.
- The above mentioned distribution guarantees air suctioning of one third at fourth layer and
two third at lowest position.
- The hatch covers are equipped with a number of ventilator openings at their longitudinal
sides to allow air release in case of reefer container transport resp. air inflow in case of
transport of dangerous cargoes.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

4 - Ship Equipment
40 - Manoeuvring Machinery & Equipment
401 - Rudder welded parts
- The ship will be provided with a semi‐balanced rudder (semi spade rudder) designed with
NACA profile and with one (1) rudder stock and one (1) rudder pintle.
- A rudder bulb interacting with an extended propeller cup will be applied.
- The rudder will have necessary area to keep good course stability and steering performance.
- A plated skeg beneath the stern boss will be provided to improve the yaw stability (Zig‐Zag
criteria).
- The rudder to be capable of turning angle 35 degrees from one side to the other side.
- The rudder plates and horizontal & vertical rudder frames to be of fabricated steel plate and
built up in conjunction with top and low rudder main pieces of cast steel.
- The inside chambers of the rudder blade shall be preserved by a thick layer of black varnish
and equipped with stainless steel plugs.
- A plate is welded into the rudder shell for observation of the pintle.
- Rudder shall be effectively earthed to the hull by a flexible cable.
- Propeller shall be capable of removal without dismantling the rudder and propeller shaft (but
with dismantle limit stopper/rotor , to release the rudder angle restriction).

402 - Rudder carriers, rudder stocks, rudder bearings

Rudder Horn
- Strength of the rudder horn shall be calculated (together with the rudder blade) for deepest
seagoing draught and maximum ahead service speed.
- The rudder horn is to be integrated in the aft ship structure according to the classification
requirements with special attention to the transition between rudder horn and shell.
- Rudder Horn shall be designed so that it is possible to turn the rudder approx. 60 degrees.
Rudder Carrier
- The upper axial bearing/sealing is integrated part of the rotary‐vane type steering gear.
- The rudder carriers to be welded into the ship’s structure containing the lower shaft and the
pintle bearing..
- A welded jumping stopper piece to be provided on the bottom of rudder horn with a
clearance of about 2 mm.
Rudder Stock
- Rudder stock to be constructed of forged steel and keyless type.
- The lower end of rudder stock shall be connected to the rudder by conical coupling with
hydraulic nut.
- Rudder stock to be fitted with stainless steel sleeve in way of the rudder bearing and sealing.
- Lifting holes, lifting eye plate, air and drain plugs of the rudder to be provided.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Rudder Pintle
- Rudder pintle to be forged steel and fitted with stainless steel sleeve.
- Rudder pintle to be fitted with nut.
Rudder stock and Pintle bearings
- Bush to be of synthetic material (Thordon or equivalent) in a way of bearing on rudder horn
and pintle.
403 - Steering gear

- One rotary‐vane type steering gear with power pack to be provided.
- The steering gear shall be capable of turning the rudder over from 35° on one side to 35° on
the other side with the ship at freeboard draught and running ahead at maximum speed and,
under the same conditions, with the available power unit capacity from 35° on either side to
30° on the other side in not more than 28 s.
- The power pack consists of two pump units (100%X2) which may be operated together or
separately.
- Each pump unit will provide oil with sufficient flow to develop the specified rudder angle.
- Electric motor ratings to be in line with IEC Publication 60034‐1.
- The mechanical type rudder angle indicator to be fitted on the steering gear body
- Rudder angle further to be indicated in wheelhouse, ECR and bridge wings.
- If in line with maker’s standard, mechanical stoppers at 2 x 36.5° are integrated part of the
rudder engine and electric stoppers also to be fitted at 35°.
- S/G Hydraulic oil tank:
 Low level switch to be provided for oil tank to give audible and visual alarm on bridge
and in the engine control room.
 Electric heating element and cooler or cooling fins to be considered.
- Hydraulic oil from relief valve to be led into the oil tank or the low pressure line.
- The steering gear to be controlled by the steering control system combined with an auto
pilot system in the wheelhouse
- A manual control device is provided in steering gear room for emergency operation in case of
failure of the electric control system.
- Such emergency operation is ensured by free access to the solenoid valves with free view to
the rudder angle indicator.
- Emergency steering gear position must be clear of any obstructions.
- Tiller to be of solid boss type and keyless mounted on rudder stock.
- Suitable coaming of 150mm with gutter way should be provided around the steering gear.
- Eye plate for lifting chain blocks to be provided above hydraulic power units.
- The piping between the pumps and cylinders shall be seamless steel.
- Heater and/or cooler will be installed as per maker standard.
404 - Bow thruster

- The ship is to be equipped with an electrically driven bow thruster of 1,250 kW, developing a
nominal thrust of approx. 180 kN.
- The Bow Thruster is provided with hydraulically controllable pitch propeller.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- The unit shall be operated remotely from bridge maneuvering stations.
- When switching‐off the Bow Thruster the blade pitch is automatically adjusted to Zero‐Pitch
position.
- The unit is fitted as indicated in the General Arrangement.
- Conical ring inlets shall be arranged in way of the shell.
- Protection grids are to be installed at tunnel openings in vertical direction to the stream flow
acc. trial basin report, consisting of intermitted solid bars, causing a virtual resistance‐poor
surface at higher speeds.
- Arrangement of the Bow thruster Room shall ensure sufficient space for inspection and
maintenance.
- High level alarm is to be fitted in the Bow thruster Room.
- Two small stop valves for the bow thruster LO piping system (inlet and outlet) to be arranged
for maintenance.
- The unit consists also of:
 bow thruster gear
 cross tunnel with motor base and stainless steel ring in propeller range
 an elastic coupling is provided between the hydraulic motor and the thruster shaft.
 hydraulic unit (pump, filter valve unit)
 deep tank
 control cabinet
 remote control
- pitch control by emergency push button from wheelhouse console
- The electric equipment of the bow thruster unit with hydraulic pitch variation of propeller is
facilitated with:
 three‐phase squirrel‐cage motor 1,250 kW ‐ 440 V, 60 Hz for operating mode S2‐60
min.
 thermistor winding protection,
 standstill heating
 switch cabinet for the drive and switchgear for the hydraulic system as well as the
required electrical interlocks provided with stand‐still heating
 starting transformer
 remote control system for stepless pitch variation
 operating devices with transmitter for stepless pitch variation,
 push buttons ”start/stop”
 running lamps in the ship's control desk
- A hatch is arranged at forecastle deck or main deck for access.
- A bolted cover in hold’s bottom shall be arranged for transport of the electric motor.
- Propeller blades to be made of Ni‐Al‐Bronze.
- Suitable anode protection of the tunnel to be provided.
- Suitable interlock to be provided starting of bow thruster motor if propeller at zero pitch and
ventilation fan is not switched on.
- Ventilation hatch to be separate from the access hatch.
- Bilge high level alarm to be fitted in the bow thruster room.
- Bow thruster control/starter panel to be place above the level of bow thruster motor.
-

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

41 - NAVIGATION – see extra Part
42 - COMMUNICATION – see extra Part

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

43 - Anchoring, Mooring & Towing Equipment

General
- The design of the anchor and mooring equipment meets the equipment number and will be
in compliance with the Class‐Recommendations (following the IACS Unified requirements UR
A2) and approved by the Owner.
- The design of the anchor and mooring equipment meets the following equipment numbers:
 Anchor Part: approx. 3949 – Range 3800 … 4000
 Mooring Part: according to Rule

431 - Anchor and chain

Principles of Anchor Arrangement
- Arrangement of hawse pipes and anchor hawsers shall ensure proper stowing of anchors.
- Anchors shall fall free at ship’s heel up to 3 and relevant schematic to be provided during
plan approval stage.
- Galvanized cover plate to be provided for hawse pipe opening on forecastle deck, fixed with
stainless steel or brass stud bolt and pin. Hawse pipe opening to be protected with handrail.
- A 4‐nozzles efficient chain washing system to be provided.
- Anchor drop area and Bow line in normal Heel and trim conditions to have 500mm clearance.
- Watching anchor platform with handgrip to be arranged on forecastle deck.
Anchor
- Two bow anchors of high holding power type with weight as per rule.
- Weight of the anchor: 8,775 kg (HHP)
- The anchors to be fully balanced and of welded steel design.
Anchor chain
- Two sets of flush butt‐welded anchor stud link chains, 84 mm diameter, K3 grade steel,
having total length of 687.5 m and consisting of 27.5 m sections to be provided.
- Joining shackles to be fitted (and welded) for each 27.5 meters.
- The anchor chain common stud link is to be connected by super swivel shackle directly to the
anchor.
- The end of each chain is connected to a quick release arrangement at the chain locker wall.
- The chain to be marked with white/red paint and stainless steel band with glass cloth at stud
in last link of every unit length.
- Accessory and spare parts for anchor chain will be supplied as follows and to be stowed in
bosun store:
 1 – Spare anchor swivel shackle
 2 ‐ Spare Kenter shackle
 5 ‐ Spare taper pin for Kenter shackle
 1 ‐ Spare taper pin for anchor shackle
1 ‐ Shackle punch
 2 ‐ Pin punch
 6 ‐ Chain hook

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 2 ‐ Anchor hammer
 1 ‐ Disengaging tool for Kenter shackle
 1‐ Pin hammer
 1‐ Shackle hammer
 1‐ Spare end shackle
Spare anchor
- None
Brake Test Kit
- One brake test kit is to be provided.
433 - Windlass and winches

General
- The ship can be moored by means of four active hawsers fwd. and four active hawsers aft.
- Two (2) combined windlass/double‐drum mooring winches fore and one(1) double‐drum
mooring winch and two (2) single‐drum mooring winches aft are provided.
- The combined windlasses and mooring winches shall be electric change pole driven with auto
tensioning mooring drums.
- The bulwark at the forecastle mooring deck to be convenient to allow safe handling of the
anchor/mooring system to both sides, protecting the seamen against green water spray and
rope ruptures as well as enabling them to observe winch, rope and anchor chain behavior on
deck and outboards and as far as possible to check the final anchor storage position.
- Anti‐sliding beads / spot welding and sand paint should be applied around the windlasses
and winches.
- Working platforms of grating to be provided around the windlasses and winches if necessary
for convenient handling.
- Windlasses and winches should be properly installed and outfitted to allow for single‐man
operation.
- Brake holding force and winding overload to be in accordance with the Rule Requirement
and the manufacturer’s standard and the winch brakes to be designed to be capable of
holding 80% of the line’s breaking load.
- Maker standard spare parts and tools to be provided for winch and windlass
- Sufficient grease nipples on all moving parts to be arranged.
- Brake lining wear indication method will be provided as the maker standard if the maker has
it.
- All mooring winches to be Split Drum Type.
- Snap back zone caution marking will be done by yard (total 4 sets of marking).
- All operation platforms frame for windlass and winches to be galvanized with open grating.
- Steel chocks only be used the anchor part and fast chock will be used for the mooring part of
combination windlass and mooring winch.
Principles of Winch Arrangement
- Winches shall be installed on strip foundations.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Epoxy or steel chocks to be provided as per maker’s recommendation.
- Construction of foundations has to enable easy maintenance.
- Welding on winch foundation after final alignment shall be avoided.
Combined Windlass for Anchoring and Mooring (Fore)
- Two combined windlass/self‐tensioning mooring winches are provided with a double‐drum
and a warping head.
- The ring on drum in way of brake band to be of stainless steel.
- Either drum of the double‐drum winches to be operated independently by the mechanical
clutch.
- Features of Anchor part:
 The anchor pull to be according to Rule requirement.
 cable lifter,
 Mechanical display of stacked chain lengths at anchor part.
 Chain stopper which is able to prevent the winches from any chain pulling forces in
case of blocked anchor etc.
 Two roller bar chain cable stoppers to be provided to stop the running‐out anchor
chains.
 cable releasers and chain controller (dog type) to be provided.
- Mooring part of combined anchor/mooring winches, each with
 two declutchable mooring drums, divided into storage and working part each
 one warping head fixed on main shaft and running continuously during operation,
 manually operated friction brake and clutch
 Drums dimensioned for ropes adequate to 1167 kN breaking load and 200 m length
 Combined Anchor/Mooring winches ‐ Mooring pull 260kN on first layer and drum
turning speed 15 m/min.
 Hauling speed on first layer 0‐30m/min
- Gypsy wheel and hawser drum not to be operated simultaneously.
- Epoxy or steel chocks to be provided as per maker recommendation.
- The winches to be marked with line’s maximum breaking load.
Mooring Winch (aft)
- Two self‐tensioning single‐drum and one double‐drum mooring winches, divided into storage
(seven layers) and working part each
- The hawser drums of the double‐drum mooring winch to be declutchable to the shaft and
operable through clutch.
- The double‐drum mooring winch has two warping heads and both the single‐drum mooring
winches have one warping head each mounted directly on the shaft and running
continuously during operation.
- Features of Mooring winches
 Drums dimensioned for ropes adequate to 1167 kN breaking load and 200 m length
 Mooring pull 260kN on first layer and drum turning speed 15 m/min.
 Hauling speed on first layer 0‐30m/min
 The winches to be marked with line’s maximum breaking load.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Winch Control and Electric
- Control stands at ships sides to be provided.
- Motors are to be of IP 56 or higher.
Emergency Towing Booklet
- This booklet is to be provided by the Owner as per rule.

435 - Mooring equipment - fixed

General
- Proper marking of the mooring fittings on deck to be provided.
- Bollards to be fitted with 2 stopper eyes.
- Anti‐slip beads around bollard to be provided.
- Anti‐slip paint to be fitted around all mooring fittings.
- All moving parts of the fittings to have bronze bushes and fitted with stainless steel grease
nipple of standard type.
- Enclosed type seats of fabricated steel plate to be provided for fairleaders and deck rollers.
- All roller type chocks to be provided with upper roller and/or retaining pipe, in order to avoid
rope to jump upon the vertical rollers.
- Round bar to be fitted on the top of the steel plate in way of mooring fitting to protect the
mooring rope.
- SWL to be marked using welding bead.

Mooring fittings for Panama Canal Passing
- According to new “Regulations on Navigation in Panama Canal Waters” for ships passing
enlarged locks
436 - Mooring equipment - loose

Wire Anchor Stoppers
- Two wire anchor stoppers with turnbuckle to be provided. It is secured to chain stopper.
- Ropes and cables to be as per rule and owners practice (including ropes for Suez towing
cables)
Mooring lines
- Eight (8) x 1167 kN adequate Breaking load; 200m length each
- Eye splices for both ends of the mooring ropes.
- The following deck inventory for mooring purposes will be supplied by yard:
 Heaving lines with sand bag or similar
 Rope stoppers
 Hawser baskets or gratings
 Wire ropes, one end with eye splice for Suez canal passage

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

437 - Towing equipment

- Towing wire to be provided by the Owner.
- IMO Resolution MSC. 256 (84), to be applied and ship‐specific emergency towing procedure
in line with MSC.1/Circ.1255 Guidelines to be provided.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

44 - Rep./Maint./Clean. Equip. Workshop/ Store Outfit, Name Plates

441 - Machine tools, cutting & welding equipment
- Equipment in Engine Room Workshop:
 One (1) Lathe, centre distance 1,500 mm
 One (1) Vertical drilling machine, max. drilling diameter in steel 28 mm
 One (1) Grinding machine, double wheel type, dia. 250 mm
 One (1) M/E cylinder head turning bench
- Equipment in Welding Workshop:
 One (1) Electric welding, transformer, capacity AC 250 Amp.
 One (1) Gas welding equipment
 4 Oxygen and 2 Acetylene bottles
 Welding/cutting tools and accessories
 Bottles to be stored outside machinery spaces with access from open deck,
connected to welding set in workshop by means of fixed steel piping
 Pipes are painted blue for Oxygen and yellow for Acetylene
 One (1) welding table
- Equipment in Nozzle Test Room:
 Test equipment for fuel injection nozzles
 One (1) M/E injector testing unit
 One (1) A/E injector testing unit
- One (1) Fuel oil test cabinet
- The cable length for each welder should cover the working area, and no less than 50m.
- Lathe machine should provide with emergency foot operated STOP.
445 - Garbage disposal plants and incinerator
- 6 Garbage boxes are provided.
- One compactor is provided
- An incinerator is installed suitable for simultaneous burning of sludge and solid waste.
- The incinerator shall be in compliance with the requirements of MARPOL 73/78 Annex VI and
MEPC 76 (40).
- Incinerator to be IMO approved and solid waste can be loaded when liquid waste is being
incinerated.
- The nominal capacity of the incinerator is approx. 500,000 kcal/h.
- Sludge oil burning is fully automatic with IMO nominal capacity of 65 l/h.
- One sludge mixing tank including sludge and diesel oil pumps is provided.
- One gas oil tank for incinerator is provided
446 - Outfitting in store rooms & workshops

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- In general, the store and lockers in accommodation shall be provided with the shelves of
3‐tier type.
- The shelves in the provisions stores shall be of 3‐tier type of steel sheets with stiffeners.
448 - Name plates/marking on machinery, equipment, pipes, cables
- Name plate in English for machinery, caution plate in English for machinery operation,
including valve handling plate etc. shall be provided as necessary.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

45 - Lifting & Transport Equipment for Machinery Components

452 - Travelling cranes & lifting gear in engine room
Engine Room Lifting Devices
- The design and arrangements of the Engine Room to be such that the charge air coolers,
components of a dismantled diesel generator set, pumps, electric motors etc. can be
removed from their position and easily be unshipped through a hatch or be transferred to
the Engine Workshop.
- One (1) hatch is to be arranged on aft mooring deck within the working area of the PS. deck
crane and Engine Workshop travelling rail for SWL 1.5 tons.
- One (1) large bolted hatch is to be arranged on main deck in container stowage area in range
of the cargo crane and Engine Room overhead crane.
- A proper landing area is to be arranged in Engine Room below the hatch.
- The following lifting appliances shall be provided:
 Main Engine
 One (1) electrically operated overhead travelling crane, covering the entire
main engine area (including turbochargers and M/E charge air coolers), shall
be arranged.
 Reaching ER double bottom with crane hook shall be possible.
 Lifting capacity is 4.0 tons SWL.
 Auxiliary Engines
 One (1) lifting beam with manual chain hoist and trolley to be arranged above
each auxiliary engine.
 Lifting capacity is to be 0.98 ton SWL.
 Separators
 One (1) common lifting beam with manual chain hoist and push trolley to be
provided above separators and wash basin in the separator area.
 Lifting capacity is to be 0.5 ton SWL.
 Engine Workshop & Store
 One (1) lifting beam with trolley and hoist with electric chain drive to be
provided for the transfer of spare parts from engine room internal hatch to the
Engine Workshop and adjacent Store.
 Lifting capacity is to be 1.5 tons SWL in general. The part of the hoisting beam
for main engine spare parts has the lifting capacity of 4.0 tons SWL.
 Shaft Line
 One (1) lifting beam with two (2) sets of trolley and manual chain hoist to be
provided for dismantling of intermediate shaft and withdrawal of propeller
shaft.
 Lifting capacity of each trolley is to be 10.0 tons SWL.
 Other Machinery
 Lifting eyes shall be arranged above heavy equipment with dry weight of more
than 40kg (such as generators, sea filters, large pumps, etc.).

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Building Spec. – Part 41, 42 page 1of 24 Drw.-No. 3312-0100-0010-CH4

3,100 TEU
Container Vessel

Type

RUBY 3100 neptun

Version: CH4
SFI GROUP SYSTEM

Part 1 – GENERAL
Part 2 – HULL
except 27 (PAINT)
Part 27 – PAINT



2021‐10‐12
NSD Rostock/Germany


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

41 ‐ NAVIGATION & SEARCHING EQUIPMENT ........................................................................ 3

411 ‐ Radar plants .............................................................................................................................................. 3
412 ‐ GPS ............................................................................................................................................................ 4
413 ‐ Gyro plants, autopilots, compasses .......................................................................................................... 4
413.1 - Gyro Compass ............................................................................................................................... 4
413.2 - Autopilot .......................................................................................................................................... 4
413.3 - Magnetic Compass ....................................................................................................................... 5
413.4 - Rudder angle indicator system .................................................................................................... 5
414 ‐ Underwater searching equipment, echo sounder, speed log ................................................................... 5
414.1 - Echo Sounder ................................................................................................................................ 5
414.2 - Speed Log ...................................................................................................................................... 6
416 ‐ Computer Network (LAN) .......................................................................................................................... 6
417 ‐ Nautical utility equipment, clockworks, weather facsimile ...................................................................... 7
418 ‐ Radar, signal, observation & antenna masts ............................................................................................. 8
418.1 - Main Signal Mast, Radar Mast .................................................................................................... 8
418.2 - Fore Mast ........................................................................................................................................ 9
418.3 - Aft Mast ........................................................................................................................................... 9
419 ‐ Integrated navigation systems .................................................................................................................. 9
419.1 - General ........................................................................................................................................... 9
419.2 - Multi Function Displays ............................................................................................................... 10
419.3 - Nautical Alarm System ............................................................................................................... 10
419.4 - BNWAS - Bridge Navigational Watch Alarm System: ............................................................ 11
419.5 - Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS) .................................................. 11
419.6 - Automatic Identification System (AIS) ...................................................................................... 12
419.7 - Voyage Data Recorder ............................................................................................................... 12
419.9 - Loading Computer and Software .............................................................................................. 13
42 ‐ COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................ 14

421 ‐ Radio plant, GMDSS ................................................................................................................................ 14
422 ‐ Lifeboat radio transmitters, EPIRB .......................................................................................................... 17
422.1 - Electronic Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB) ........................................................... 17
422.2 - Search-And-Rescue-Transponder (SART).............................................................................. 17
423 ‐ Data transmission plants, communication .............................................................................................. 17
423.3 - Terrestrial TV / Broadcast Antenna System ............................................................................ 17
424 ‐ Portable Radio Device for Fire‐fighter’s communication ........................................................................ 18
425 ‐ Calling/command/crew call telephone plants ........................................................................................ 18
425.1 - Sound Powered Telephone ....................................................................................................... 18
425.2 - Automatic Telephone System .................................................................................................... 18
425.3 - Public Address System/Talk Back/General alarm System .................................................... 20
427 ‐ Light & signal equipment, lanterns, typhoons ........................................................................................ 20
427.1 - Navigation Lights ......................................................................................................................... 21
427.2 - Signal Lights ................................................................................................................................. 21
427.3 - Fog Tyfon ...................................................................................................................................... 24
427.4 - Bells ............................................................................................................................................... 24
427.5 - Gong .............................................................................................................................................. 24
427.6 - Staff Masts .................................................................................................................................... 24
427.7 - Flag ................................................................................................................................................ 24

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

41 - Navigation & Searching Equipment

General
- The navigation equipment will be in accordance with modern practices watches according to
class requirement.
- Navigation and radio equipment to be chosen from amongst latest models available from
manufacturers.
- Power supplies of all nav/com equipment will be supplied by the maker of each equipment if
available.
411 - Radar plants
- Three (3) sets of radars to be provided as follows
1. Marine RADAR X‐BAND with scanner mounted on main radar mast.
1 pc, 230 VAC consisting of:
 23,1" TFT colour standard definition raster scan display unit with 340mm PPI
navdata‐, gyro‐ and loginterface
 Radar control unit with connection cable
 abt. 6ft antenna
 25 kW X‐Band (3cm, 9GHz) Scanner driver with RF transceiver, aloft mounted
 trackerball Control
 Integral performance monitor
2. Marine RADAR S‐BAND with scanner mounted on main radar mast
1 pc 230 VAC consisting of:
 23,1" TFT colour standard definition raster scan display unit with 340mm PPI
 navdata‐, gyro‐ and loginterface
 Radar control unit with connection cable
 12 ft antenna
 30 kW S‐Band (10 cm) Scanner driver with RF Transceiver, aloft mounted
 tracker ball Control
 Integral performance monitor
3. Marine RADAR X‐BAND with scanner mounted on fore mast.
1 pc, 230 VAC consisting of:
 abt. 6ft antenna
 25 kW X‐Band (3cm, 9GHz) Scanner driver with RF transceiver, aloft mounted
 Fore mast radar can be operated from other two radar displays.
- UPS for radars displays to be provided.
- Both radar transceivers to be connected to an interswitch, catering for full interswitching
capability between both transceiver systems, and feeding into the vessels INS.
- Radar picture from both X‐ and S‐band radars to be selectable able to be overlayed on main
and backup ECDIS system.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

412 - GPS

GPS System
- For position‐fixing, the ship is fitted with two independent DGPS receivers, power supply
230V, 60Hz from MSWBD/ESWBD system, stand‐by power from 24V DC accumulator
batteries/GMDSS.
 DGPS (2 pcs.)
 2 pcs. Main Unit GPS
 2 pcs. Antenna
 2 pcs. Cable Set and Accessories
 2 DISTRIBUTION BOX with interswitching function for 2 DGPS
 2 spare outputs will be provided for future retrofits.
413 - Gyro plants, autopilots, compasses

413.1 - Gyro Compass
- Two (2) complete set of gyro compass combined with auto pilot shall be installed

Gyro Compass:
 1 – Master compass in Wheelhouse/Navigation Console
 1‐Master Compass in Navigation Equipment room
The system shall have inter‐switching with Gyro1 ‐ Gyro2
 1 – Course recorder in chart space
 Gyro repeater to be fitted on the following stations:
 Each 1 – Bridge Wing, Port and Starboard
 1 – Front wall center line in Wheelhouse
 1 – Repeater of tilting bracket type in steering gear room
 Heading signal to be connected to radars
- Gyro compass to provide gyro heading information to the compass monitor, from where it
will be further distributed to autopilot/heading + track control system/INS/other users
installed in the navigation console/wheelhouse.
- The gyro compass to have two spare outputs.
413.2 - Autopilot
- The vessels autopilot is to be comprised of both a heading and a track‐control system, whose
feeds are provided by the ships various position‐, heading‐ and speed‐sensors (interfaced
with vessels INS).
- Mode‐control switch(‐es), indications and manual‐override (override NFU tiller) are located
in the navigation console.
- Latest version with minimum rudder movements during sea voyage.
- Power supply 230V, 60Hz from MSWBD/ESWBD system, 24V DC from accumulator batteries
- One(1) complete set to be installed as follows
 1 – auto pilot stand combined with gyro master compass in wheelhouse

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 1 – set of bridge wing controls
 2 – power unit in steering gear room
 2 – Feed back unit in steering gear room
 1 – off course alarm
- The steering system to be capable of remote steering the vessel from WH and have the
following mode:
 1 – auto steering by heading control
 1 – auto steering by tracking control from ECDIS
 1 – Follow‐up steering on WH steering stand
 1 – Non follow‐up steering on WH steering stand
 1 – Non follow‐up tillers on both bridge wing consoles
413.3 - Magnetic Compass
- Continuous indication of magnetic compass heading on board the ship is available by the
(flux gate) magnetic compass with remote optical transmission (periscope) and arrangement
for electrical transmission of magnetic heading information to the compass monitor, from
where it then can further be distributed to autopilot/heading + track control
system/INS/other users installed in the navigation console/wheelhouse.
- One (1) set of reflector type standard compass shall be installed on the compassbridge deck
to take the bearings by the reflecting mirror in the wheelhouse.
- Two illumination lamps shall be provided Main and emergency.
Main 220V AC & Emergency 24 V DC with different bulb sockets.
- One (1) azimuth circle and three (3) shadow pins shall be provided.
- One(1) spare bowl with wooden box to be provided.
- Magnetic compass to be adjusted at sea trials.
413.4 - Rudder angle indicator system
- One (1) rudder angle indicator system to be provided.
 1 – Transmitter connected to the rudder stock by lever in steering gear room
 1 – Panorama type indicator with illumination in Wheelhouse
 1 – Indicator with illumination in Wheelhouse overhead console
- Each 1 – Bulkhead mounting type indicator with illumination and dimmer at both power unit
in side of wheelhouse door outside
- Each 1 – Bulkhead mounting type indicator on bridge wing console
- 1 – Flush mounting type indicator on the engine control console
- 1 – bulkhead mounted type indicator in steering gear room
414 - Underwater searching equipment, echo sounder, speed log

414.1 - Echo Sounder


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- To measure depths, the ship is fitted with echo‐sounder having 0…400 m depth capability
with shallow water alarm (contact type).
- Data from echo sounder to be fed into vessels INS/ECDIS/VDR/other users requiring input.
- Power supply 230V, 60Hz from MSWBD/ESWBD system.
- to be provided as follows:
 1 – Depth recorder in Chart Space
 2 – Transducers with sea valve at bottom of vessel (forward and aft) with interchange
switch on the bridge
Transducers for echo sounder will be painted with white circle on bottom plating.
 1 – Repeater in wheelhouse ceiling gauge board
 1 – Necessary accessory
- Detail particulars to be in accordance with manufacturer’s standard
- Power to be of 220VAC

414.2 - Speed Log
- Determination of ship's speed (water + bottom‐track) and transmission of speed information
to INS/ECDIS/radars/gyro compass/VDR/autopilot/other users is provided for by 4 channel
Doppler log.
 1 – Speed and distance indicator in Chart Space
 1 – Speed Indicator on wheelhouse ceiling gauge board
 1 – Speed log repeater in ECR
 1 ‐ digital repeater each for wing console
 1 – Transducer with sea valve at bottom of vessel (forward)
Transducers for speed log will be painted with white circle on bottom plating.
- 2 axis speed indication.

416 - Computer Network (LAN)

- A 1GBit/s high speed switched PC network cabling system with PoE+ (IEEE 802.3at/af)
function ‐ in accordance with EIA/TIA 568A, cat.6 STP ‐ to be to be installed with outlets in:
 Bridge: (3) cables ‐ 1 on BB, 1 BE and 1 on the center
 Bridge wall :(1) cable. We need this cable on some wall on the Bridge. It will be used to
install a 4G antenna
 Captain's cabin: (2) cables on the captain desk for your computer and printer
 Chief, 2nd and 3rd engineer's cabin (1) cable each
 Owner’s cabin( 1) cable
 Chief officer's and 3rd officer’s cabin (1) cable each
 Ship's office (5) cables‐ 2 computers, 1 printer and 2 ip phones
 Engine Control room: (4) cables. 2 computers, 1 printer and 1
 Nurse’s room: (1) cable

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- The Builder will arrange the cables and outlets for those cabins. All the equipment of LAN
system and WIFI will be provided by the Owner.
- All LAN cables must be concentrated in the same room where the VSAT and FBB equipment
will be located.
- Cables must be delivered connected to a patch panel and identified.
- Cables must be in a 19" 20U rack. This rack must have its own electrical circuit.
- The rack for IP cameras must be separate from the LAN rack
- Provisions shall be provided for interface with VSAT and CCTV system
The lP camera locations
- Switches to be installed and patched in a 19" rack.
- One 1Gbps switch to be provided that should be just for the cameras.
- Each LAN connection to be supplied by LAN cables and respective sockets convenient for
application of LAN printers.
- one LAN socket and one power socket for WIFI to be installed in corridor on each deck:
 6TH ACCOM. DECK
 5TH ACCOM. DECK
 4TH ACCOM. DECK
 3TH ACCOM. DECK
 2TH ACCOM. DECK
- Wifi is PoE. It is important that the wifi points are on the roof. Do not install on the wall! The
wifi should be positioned as close to where people will work. On stateroom floors, the wifi
must be in the middle of the hallway.
- LAN sockets in cargo office
417 - Nautical utility equipment, clockworks, weather facsimile

Wind Speed Indicator
- Information on wind speed and direction is available from an anemometer, comprising of a
static sensor utilizing the ultra‐sonic measuring principle (without moving parts) with
automatic internal‐ and sensor heating to prevent icing‐up.
- Wind‐data to be fed into vessel INS/ECDIS/VDR/other required users.
- Power supply 230V, 60Hz from MSWBD/ ESWBD system.
 1 – Transmitter on main radar mast
 1 – Combined type indicator for wind direction and speed with illumination on
wheelhouse overhead console

Weatherfax
- One(1) set of Weather facsimile recorder to be provided in wheelhouse as follows:
 1 – Recorder incorporating Receiver.
 1 – Antenna on compass beck
- This system to be feed from 220VAC.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925


Electric Clock System
- One (1) set of quartz crystal clock shall be installed as follows:
- One (1) master clock with slave clock control panel in chart space.
The master clock shall be interfaced to GPS for receiving standard time signal.
Advance/retard of all slave clocks shall be possible from the master clock.
- Two (2) slave clocks with three (3) hands in engine control room and wheelhouse.
- Twenty (20) slave clocks with two (2) hands :
 Captain class day room 2 decorative type
 Senior officer class day room 4
 Junior officer class room 7
 Officer’s mess room 1
 Officer’s recreation room 1
 Crew’s mess room 1
 Ship’s office 1
 Cargo Office 1
 Crew’s Recreation room 1
 Hospital 1
- The electric clock system to be provided with connection for time change to AMS.
- This system shall be fed from A.C. 220V, D.C. 24V.
418 - Radar, signal, observation & antenna masts
- The vessel shall have masts in positions as indicated on General Arrangement Plan.
- All equipment installed on masts shall have good and safe access (e.g. for maintenance or
replacement) from platforms.
- For vertical or inclined ladders a minimum breadth of 400mm, side stringer of steel flat bar
and tread of steel square bars 22x22mm. Checker plate with anti‐slip paint about 600x400
mm area shall be provided to the steel deck surface in front to these stairs. These ladders
bolted with stainless steel bolts.
- Mast fittings such as blocks, sheaves, cleats, flag post, wire ropes and so on shall be
galvanized.
418.1 - Main Signal Mast, Radar Mast
- One (1) combined signal/radar mast will be provided on wheelhouse top at centre line of the
vessel, the design shall be according to the General Arrangement Plan.
- The signal/radar mast to be of a light framework construction.
- To avoid/minimize vibration the signal/radar mast to be supported by an effectively under
deck beam system.
- In case of vibration the signal/radar mast to be fastened by steel wire ropes and turn
buckles/tackles.
- Therefore necessary eye plates/fittings to be provided at the signal/radar mast and on
wheelhouse top.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- The signal/radar mast to be furnished with vertical ladders with safety hoops, antenna
fittings and signal/flag yards.
- Necessary rigging and tackles for flag/signal yards to be furnished completely.
- Mast fittings (see also 418) to be galvanized.
- The signal/radar mast to be outfitted with X‐band and S‐band transceiver.
- The signal/radar mast to be outfitted with masthead light, Morse signal/manoeuvring light,
dangerous cargo light, NUC lights, CBD lights, Singapore Immigration lights and one complete
set of Suez Canal signal lights (Suez Canal Christmas tree).
- The signal/radar mast to be outfitted with static ultra‐sonic wind/speed direction sensor and
compressed air whistle.
418.2 - Fore Mast
- One (1) foremast will be provided on forecastle deck at centre line of the vessel, the design
and connective arrangements shall be according to the General Arrangement Plan.
- The foremast to be a streamlined construction of fabricated steel.
- To avoid/minimize vibration the foremast to be supported by an effectively under deck beam
system.
- The foremast to be outfitted with masthead light, anchor light and Panama Canal steering
lights.
- The foremast to be outfitted with electric whistle and bell.
- Flood light lightning arranged for Cargo Hold on aft side of mast by 2x800W metallic Vapour
lamps (white) and illuminating Forecastle Deck for Anchoring handling by 2x400W Metallic
Vapour lamps (white) (see also item 893).
- The mast to be furnished with vertical ladders with safety hoops and signal/flag yards.
Necessary rigging and tackles for flag/signal yards to be furnished completely.
- Mast fittings (see also item 418) to be galvanized.
418.3 - Aft Mast
- One (1) aft mast will be provided at the stern on main deck at centre line of the vessel and
not exceeding the vessels overall length.
- The aft mast to be of steel construction.
- The aft mast to be outfitted with anchor light, stern light and Suez Canal stop light.
419 - Integrated navigation systems

419.1 - General
- The ship is fitted with a completely approved Integrated Navigation System according INS
(Module B) standard as per MSC.252(83), providing complete paperless voyage planning and
navigation with track‐control through use of a full dual‐ECDIS system for the entire intended
voyage.
- The INS is to provide heading and track‐control information to the vessels autopilot system.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- The navigation bridge layout of the vessel is (to be) made up according following general
layout:
Portside Centreline Starboard side
Forward (conning 2) (conning 3) Navigation console (conning1)
Middle Steering stand Secondary console
Aft Chartroom
pc workstation 1 pc workstation2
- Except for the GMDSS console, none of the other consoles/stations is to be equipped with
chairs in any form or kind!
419.2 - Multi Function Displays

- The Integrated Navigation System includes 4 Multi Function Displays and their respective
processors:
 navigation console
MFD 1 (right side on side in nav. console) 1 pc.
to serve as:
primary ‐ ECDIS master system display
secondary ‐ (slave) S‐ and X‐band radar display
‐ (slave) navi/conning display
MFD 2 (right side of centre in nav. console) 1 pc.
to serve as:
primary ‐ X‐band radar display
secondary ‐ (slave) ECDIS display (ex master ECDIS system)
MFD 3 (centre in nav. console) 1 pc.
to serve as:
primary ‐ navi/conning display
‐ (slave) S‐ and X‐band radar display
MFD 4 (left side of centre in nav.console) 1 pc.
to serve as:
primary ‐ S‐band radar display
MFD 5 (left side of centre in nav.console) 1 pc.
to serve as:
primary ‐ ECDIS backup system display

419.3 - Nautical Alarm System

- 1 set Nautical Alarm System in combination with BNWAS acc. to classification society.
- consisting of:
 Alarm Control Unit in Bridge Console
 Alarm Selection Panel
 Panel for selection of nautical officer during harbour operation:
 Installation: Bridge Console

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 Selection of:
 Bridge
 Officers mess room
 Ship office
 Captain
 1. officer
 2. Officer
 3. Officer
 Central alarm panel
 ‐concentration of all bridge alarm including BNWAS
- Alarm Panels for: Officer's Mess Room, ship office, Captain’s cabin, Officers recreation rm.
419.4 - BNWAS - Bridge Navigational Watch Alarm System:

- As watch keeping and alerting system the vessel is equipped with a BNWAS alarm system as
per IMO requirements (amendments to SOLAS Reg.V/19 ‐ MSC.128(75)).
- BNWAS system to be equipped with calling function and be integrated into the vessels INS.
- consisting of:
 Bridge Watch Alarm Control Unit
 With key switch for selection of allowed time
 With warning light and internal buzzer
 With reset push button
 Flush mounting type
 Installation: Bridge Console
 Bridge Watch Alarm Reset Buttons
 Illuminated
 Installation: Bridge Control Console
 Bridge Watch Alarm Panel
 With warning light and buzzer
 Flush mounting type
 Installation: Captain’s Cabin
 Bridge Watch Alarm Panels
 With triangle warning light and buzzer
 Bulkhead mounting type
 Installation: Nautical Officer's
- Phase 1 alarm (visual and audio) on bridge, phase 2 alarm in captain cabin (audio and
eventually visual), phase 3 alarm (audio) in all likely places of officers like Officer
recreation room, Gymnasium etc.
- BNWAS system to be connected to and recorded by vessel VDR equipment as per valid
requirements.
419.5 - Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS)
- Vessel is equipped with a dual ECDIS, providing for full paperless voyage planning and
navigation, without the need for any paper nautical charts to be carried onboard.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- As per IMO, SOLAS Reg. V/27 and Reg. V/19.2.1.4., taking into account performance
standards A.817(19) as amended by MSC.64(67), MSC.86(70) and MSC.232(82), including
latest to‐date.
- Two sets of ECDIS to be provided as follows:
 2 pcs, ECDIS Display Unit, ~23” color TFT VDU at bridge
 one conning system
 1 pc, Control Unit
 1 pc, main process unit
 1 pc. Electronic unit with at least 8 NMEA inputs, 5 analogue inputs and alarm contacts
outputs
 Other accessories per maker standard.
- The ECDIS system to be certified for compliance with MSC.232(82) and to be linked to radars,
gyro compass, speed log, echo sounder, DGPS, anemometer and anemoscope, autopilot, etc.
- The ECDIS software to be provided by Buyer.
- Both ECDIS plants are equipped with radar overlay function.
- The system to be fed from 220VAC.
419.6 - Automatic Identification System (AIS)
- For identification and safety purposes the vessel is equipped with an Automatic Identification
System (AIS) which forms an integrated part of the vessel INS.
- One (1) set of AIS to be provided for automatic providing/receiving the ship’s information
with ship‐to‐shore mode and ship to ship mode.
- AIS shall be provided as follows.
 1 ‐ Transponder
 1 ‐ Interface unit
 1 ‐ Controller (LCD type)
 1 ‐ AIS pilot plug
- Ship’s position and heading shall be connected to interface unit for AIS.
- The AIS to be connected and incorporated to all radars.
- The AIS to be placed close to one of the radars.
- Power Supply: 220VAC and DC24V.
- Pilot plug and 110VAC sockets shall be provided for Panama Pilot use.
419.7 - Voyage Data Recorder
- One (1) set of Voyage Data Recorder certified for compliance withMSC.333(90)to be
provided as follows:
 1 – Data Acquisition Unit
 1 – Recording Control Unit
 1 – Protective Capsule
- data connections where required/deemed necessary by VDR manufacturer/IMO to be
integrated accordingly.
- Recording data to be connected to data acquisition and recording control unit interface as
follows:
 1 – Data and time

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 1 – Ship’s position
 1 – Speed
 1 – Heading
 1 – Bridge Audio
 1 – Communication Audio (VHF)
 1 – Radar data
 1 – Depth
 1 – Main Alarms
 1 – Rudder Order/Response
 1 – Engine Order/Response
 1 – Wind Speed and Direction
- The VDR to be provided with play back facility.
419.9 - Loading Computer and Software

- A loading computer including appropriate workstation (PC) with printer will be provided in
the Ship’s office (Owner’s supply).
- The Builder to assist owners with all data necessary for software preparation following time
line provided by the equipment maker.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

42 - Communication Equipment
General
- Radio communication equipment according to the requirements of Global Maritime Distress
and Safety System (GMDSS) for sea areas A1+A2+A3, as well as means for commercial
communication are provided onboard.
- Communication will be provided as follows:
 Communal antenna system
 Radio equipment, satellite communication and antennas
 Broadcast equipment
 Intercommunication and command System
 Public address/General Alarm system
 Command talk back system
 Internal telephones
 Engine order telegraph
421 - Radio plant, GMDSS

GMDSS/Communication Equipment for A1/A2/A3 Area
- The following equipment to be provided according to SOLAS 1988 as amended for GMDSS
(Globe Marine time Distress and Safety System) for A1/A2/A3 areas with duplication of
equipment
- One (1) set of maintenance free lead‐acid type battery 24VDC for feeding the GMDSS
equipment. Battery capacity shall be according to rules.
- One (1) constant voltage charging unit shall be incorporated in the set in the radio console.

VHF's
- Two(2) sets of international VHF marine radio telephone to be provided as follows:
(1) No.1 VHF radio telephone with DCS function and 70ch watch keeping
function
1 – Main unit with recorder Wheelhouse
2 – Handset Bridge Wings
2 – Antenna Compass deck
(2) No.2 VHF radio telephone
1 – Main Unit Wheelhouse
1 – Antenna Compass deck
2 – Remote Station one in Captain’s day room and one
in Ship’s Office
- The systems to be fed from 220VAC/60Hz and 24VDC.

MF/HF Radio Station with DSC
- The MF/HF radio equipment to consist of the following units:
 1 – MF/HF 250 Watt main transmitter with SSB
 1 – MF/HF receiver1 – MF/HF with DSC controller

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 1 – DSC printer (to be commonly used with printer for Inmarsat‐C)
 1 – DSC water receiver
 1 – DSC module
 1 – Battery charger for Radio Emergency batter
 1 – Antenna tuner
 1 – Self support type antenna
 1 – Whip Antenna
 1 – Accessories
- The systems to be fed from 220VAC/60Hz and 24VDC.

Satellite Communication system
- Satellite communication System shall be designed in accordance with GMDSS.
- Two (2) sets of standard Inmarsat‐C type with EGC function and distribution from DGPS to be
provided as follows:
 1 set of Antenna on compass deck
 1 set of Control Unit
 1 set of VDU with keyboard
 1 set of Printer
 1 set of Antenna Assembly
 1 set of remote distress signal from GMDSS
 1 set of AC/DC power unit
- One of Inmarsat‐C system to be provided with LRIT facility and the same to be certified for
compliance with MSC.263(84).
- Capacity of 24V batteries to be as per maker's standard for the specified GMDSS equipment.
- One(1) sets of standard Inmarsat‐broadband FB500 type system to be provided as follows
 1 set of Control Unit
 2 set of analogue Telephone
 1 set of Printer
 1 set of AC/DC power unit
 1 Set of Antenna assembly,
 1 Set of G3 facsimile equipment for normal DIN A4 paper, 2230 VAC
- Main unit to be installed inside Wheelhouse, while additional telephone handset units to be
provided inside Cpt's Day Room and Ship's Office.
- Two (2) sets of VSAT system (Ku‐Band) including special cable and rack to be supplied by the
Owner. The Builder to install the system.
 Pedestals for satellite antenna Unit
 SEATEL 4009 MK2 or SAILO 900 (1 meter) to be installed on compass deck
 Cabling from antenna to navigation room (or alternative place following yards
suggestion)
 Reserved space to install antenna control unit/ rack
 The internet network and telephone (VOIP) systems to be connected to VSAT
- One set of TVRO system to be supplied by the Owner. The Builder to provide:
 Pedestal for satellite antenna unit SEATEL 5004 to be installed on the compass deck
 Cabling from antenna to navigation room (or alternative place suggested by yard)
 Reserved space to install antenna control unit/ rack

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 1 set of 9 cable system to be provide to Captain’s day room, chief engineer day room,
senior officer day room, 2nd engineer day room, officer day room, crew’s day room,
officers’ mess room, crew’s mess room and gymnasium

Ship Security Alert System and LRIT
- Ship Security Alarm System (SSAS)
 One(1) set of Ship Security alarm system (SSAS) combined with Inmarsat C system to be
provided.
 One (1) security alert button to be installed in the wheelhouse and other one to be in
Captain’s day room.
 One(1) separate set of Ship Security alarm system (SSAS) to be provided. One button at
chart space and the other at ECR.
- Long Range Identification and Tracking (LRIT) system
 See 6523.1.

ME Telegraph System
- One(1) set of ME order telegraph system to be provided (refer to Sec. 793.2)

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Navtex receiver
- One(1) set of Navtex receiver providing automatic printing of navigation and meteorological
warning broadcast on 518kHz, 490kHz and 4209.5kHz to be provided as follows:
 1 set of Receiver
 1 set of Antenna
- The Navtex receiver to be certified for compliance with MSC.148(77).
- The system to be fed from 220VAC.
- Navtex receiver to be provided with printer and spare paper rolls.

Portable GMDSS‐VHF
- Three(3) sets of portable VHF radiotelephones to be provided.
- Lithium spare batteries for emergency use are to be provided.

Walkie‐talkie
- Three(3) sets of walkie‐talkie (UHF 400MHz) explosion‐proof with rechargeable battery,
single chargers and battery plus leather holsters, shoulder straps and microphones shall be
supplied.
422 - Lifeboat radio transmitters, EPIRB

422.1 - Electronic Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB)
- One(1) set of 406MHz float free type satellite emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon
(EPIRB) to be provided with bracket.
422.2 - Search-And-Rescue-Transponder (SART)

Radar transponder
- Radar transponder (2 pcs.)
- Search‐And‐Rescue‐Transponder (SART) ‐ 9 GHz (x‐band) radar transponder
- Location: Wheelhouse, Free‐falling Lifeboat
423 - Data transmission plants, communication

423.3 - Terrestrial TV / Broadcast Antenna System
- Vessel to be equipped with a DVB‐T based digital public TV and radio reception and
distribution system for marine use.
- Signal to be linked into antenna sockets in all public spaces where applicable.
- The system consists of:
 1 each Omni‐directional Antenna
 with integrated amplifier
 with 25 m coaxial cable
 with mounting bracket
 1 each Omni‐directional Antenna

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 with integrated amplifier for AM/FM bands
 with 25 m coaxial cable
 with mounting bracket
 1 each Combing Filter
 1 each Amplifier Unit
 Outlet with cores for all cabins and mess rooms
 for TV and Radio
 for flush mounting
424 - Portable Radio Device for Fire-fighter’s communication

- Two(2) sets of two‐way portableradiotelephone apparatus for fire‐fighter's communication
shall becarried in Fire Control Station.
- Those two‐way portable radiotelephone apparatus shall be of anexplosion‐proof type or
intrinsically safe.
425 - Calling/command/crew call telephone plants

425.1 - Sound Powered Telephone
- To ensure (emergency) communication between the wheelhouse and engine control
room,( local ME control station), as well as steering gear room, emergency DG room, CO2
release room, fire control room, bunker stations port and starboard,lifeboat embarkation
station.
- Two (2) sets of sound powered telephones shall be installed as follows:
 Engine room ‐ Fuel oil filling station (one portable telephone and two jack boxes)
 One (1) set of selective calling type sound power telephone shall be provided as follows:
 1 – Wheelhouse
 1 – Engine control room / main engine side.
 1 – Emergency generator room
 1 – Captain’s day room
 1 – C/Eng.’s day room
 1 – CO2 room
 1 – Fire control station
 1 – Steering gear room
 1–lifeboat embarkation station.
- The sound power telephone in engine room, steering gear room and emergency generator
room shall be of anti‐noise type.
425.2 - Automatic Telephone System
- Telephones of internal PABX system are connected to automatic programmed exchange
ensuring telephone communication between accommodation, public and service rooms.
- Telephone sets are fitted in cabins, public and service spaces daily attended by crew
members including steering gear room and bunker stations port and starboard.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- The vessels entire telephone system is wired with a good quality Level 3‐4 core telephone
cable.
- Provisions are to be made to connect the vessels Inmarsat‐FBB 500 terminal for commercial
communications into the vessels PABX (see 'Commercial Communications' section).
- Sockets for connection to shore exchange in harbour, and telephone sets for communication
of watchman with shipboard PABX are installed on the main deck exposed part, starboard
and portside near the gangway area.
- One(1) set of Automatic Telephone Exchange
 for connection to 230 V AC and 24 V DC
 10 simultaneous calls
 up to 42 subscribers
 2 trunk lines
- 1 each Telephone
 Console mounted
 Illuminated dialing
 Place of Installation: Bridge Console
- 40 Telephones
 for desk or wall mounting
 DTMF dialing
 With clip for handset
- Place of Installation: all Cabins, public rooms, offices, control stations, gymnasium, Suez crew
room, ER workshop, bosun store, etc.
- Cpt and Chief day room and bedroom telephone sets will be provided with parallel line.
- 2 Telephones
 wall mounted
 DTMF dialing
 With integrated socket for headset
 With integrated relay for control external alarms
 Grade of Protection: IP 65
 Place of Installation: Engine Area
- Two (2) telephone units to be delivered as spare.
- 2 Headsets
 with 10 m cable and plug
 to be used in engine area
- 2 Rotating Lights
 Place of Installation: Engine Area
- 1 portable analogue telephone
- 2 plug‐in boxes for Bunker stations
- 5 pcs. of watertight automatic telephones installed in
 Bosun’s Store
 Air condition room
 CO2 Room
 Galley
 Fire Control Station
- Auto telephone system to be connected to FBB.
- Telephone units are of simple common type, replaceable by any telephone unit easily found
in the local market.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- All telephones in ER shall be connected to light signal column in ER in addition to normal
acoustic signal.
- Failure alarm of the automatic telephone exchange shall be send to the AMS system.
- Engine Telephone calling signal shall be stopped automatically if no acknowledgement
follows in abt. 4 min (if rule requires).
425.3 - Public Address System/Talk Back/General alarm System
- Public addressor system to be included talk‐back system and to be also used as general alarm
system.
- The system to be fulfilled rules requirement.
- The system to be used for sounding fire and general emergency alarm signal.
- The system to be power supplied from AC 220V main and emergency supply.
- The system may be manually operated, spring loaded call points installed at the following
locations: W/H navigation watch console and fire station.
- The system to be provided as follows:
 Two (2) ‐ Main Unit with 400 watts amplifier and alarm tune generator, in the
wheelhouse
 One unit to be provided with Radio tuner and CD player and any entertainment
system to be automatically turned off when the general alarm system is
activated.
 Six (6) ‐ Portable microphone, each one (1) on the both bridge wings, life boat,
embarkation station, ECR, forecastle deck and main deck after.
 One (1) ‐ 50 watts of water‐proof type speaker on the compass deck forward.
 Six (6) ‐ 10 watts of water‐proof type speaker, each one (1) on the forecastle deck and
main deck after, two (2) in the engine room and the bunkering station (P&S).
 Four (4) ‐ 5 watts of water‐proof type speaker, each one (1) on both bridge wings and
two (2) near the life boat.
 Two (2) ‐ 5 watts speaker in steering gear room and E/R workshop.
 Necessary quantity ‐ 2 watts of indoor type speaker with volume controller, in the
engine control room, pantry, officer's mess room, crew's mess room, meeting room,
gymnasium and inner passage of each deck and other cabin if necessary
 The speakers for inner passages to be of double face type.
 five(5) ‐ 5 watts speaker in cargo hold(port) passage way
- Paging system with interface to the automatic telephone system to be provided.
427 - Light & signal equipment, lanterns, typhoons
- The lighting shall be fed from the AC 220V, 60Hz, 1Ph supply system.
- Lighting fixtures and fittings to be of recognized marine standard type.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

427.1 - Navigation Lights

- The following navigation lights to be of LED‐type and connected to a panel with control
switches and indicating lamps graphically arranged, audible and visible signal alarm, and this
panel to be installed in navigation watch console in the wheelhouse.
 Two (2) masthead lights: 115/230V (Main/Reserve), white
 One (1) sidelight (starboard): 115/230V, green
 One (1) sidelight (portside): 115/230V, red
 One (1) stern light: 115/230V, white
- Two separate feeder circuits to be provided for panel, one (1) from the AC 220V feeder panel
of main switchboard directly and one (1) from the AC 220V feeder panel of emergency
switchboard directly.
- Complete set of navigation lights and anchor lights in accordance with the rules and
regulations will be installed.
- Separate control panel with indicator lamps will be installed in wheelhouse.
- The top lights, side lights, anchor lights, stern lights and NUC lights each to be duplicated.
- Each light to consist of double type lanterns.
- Each lantern to be supplied with separate feeder from one common navigation light control
panel fitted in Bridge Console.
- In case of any navigation lantern break‐down or voltage decay in supply feeder, audible and
visual signal to be actuated in the control panel and adequate stand‐by lantern to be
switched on manually.
- In the ship’s profile on navigation lights control panel, control switches and pilot lamps for
each lantern to be provided.
- Each navigation lights control panel to be supplied with one feeder 230 V from Main
Switchboard and with one feeder 230V from Emergency Switchboard (from bridge console
installation).
- Transfer from main supply to emergency supply and vice versa to be done manually.
- All the navigation lights and signal lights to be waterproof IP55 or IP56.
427.2 - Signal Lights
- Signal lights in accordance to the rules to be installed including 'Christmas tree'.
- Suez signal lights etc. according to regulations arranged on signal mast, to be installed.
- One (1) blue steering light to be arranged on foremast.
- Manoeuvring Light on top of signal mast connected to the automatic fog horn to be provided.
- All Signal lights to be LED type
Anchor lights
- Two (2) anchor lights (LED‐type, 115/230V, white) to be provided.
- Each one to be fitted at foremast and aft mast.

“Not Under Command (NUC)” lights
- Four (4) NUC lights (LED‐type, 115/230V, red) to be provided.
- The NUC lights to be fitted at the signal/radar mast.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

“Constrained by Draught (CBD)” lights
- Two (2) CBD lights (LED‐type, 115/230V, red) to be provided.
- The CBD lights to be fitted in a vertical line with the NUC lights at the signal/radar mast.
Morse/manoeuvring light
- One (1) morse/manoeuvre light (single lens, 65W, 230V, white) to be provided.
- The morse/manoeuvre light to be fitted at the top of the signal/radar mast.
- Four (4) keys to be provided; each to be located at both wings of the navigation bridge and
each side of the wheelhouse.
- The morse/manoeuvre light also to be controlled by the ship’s horn system.

Panama Canal
- Two (2) bridge wing projectors (Halogen search light, 250W, 230V, direct operated) to be
provided.
- Each bridge wing projector to be fitted at the after portion of each bridge wing at
wheelhouse deck.
- The bridge wing projectors to be mounted on rotatable brackets.
- Two (2) steering lights (single lens, 25W, 230V, blue) to be provided.
- The Panama steering light to be fitted at the foremast.
- The Panama steering lights to be controlled with a dimmer switch from wheelhouse.
Suez Canal
- One (1) Suez Canal searchlight to be supplied by owner.
- The Suez Canal searchlight to be fitted on a platform connected to bulwark of forecastle deck,
platform with protective railing.
- Independent switch on/off control from both wheelhouse and fore castle store.
- Connection box with on/off switch under deck in forecastle store. Cable penetration to
forecastle deck to be provided (Pipe flange with bolted closing plate Ø 150 mm)
- Search light to be removable and normally stowed on a fixed pedestal in the forecastle store
covered by a wooden box.
- A manual operated lifting device to be provided for lifting the searchlight from store to open
deck through the access hatch ‐ SWL=0.15 tons.
- One (1) set of Suez Canal signal lights (single lens, 60W, 230V) to be provided.
- The Suez Canal signal lights to be fitted at the signal/radar mast.
- The set of Suez Canal signal lights consisting of:
 Six (6) red signaling lights
 Five (5) white signaling lights
 Two (2) green signaling lights
- The Suez Canal signal lights to be controlled by respective switches graphically arranged on
the Suez Canal signaling light indicating panel in the navigation watch console.
- Two separate feeder circuits to be provided for panel, one (1) from the AC 220V feeder panel
of main switchboard directly and one (1) from the AC 220V feeder panel of emergency
switchboard directly.

Singapore Strait Signal Light (LED light)

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

The vessel is to be so equipped that when crossing the traffic separation scheme (TSS) and
precautionary areas in the Singapore Strait, three(3) all‐round green night signal lights or
equivalent to be displayed in a vertical line.
The provision of the lights to be in accordance with Singapore Water Authority requirements.

“Dangerous cargo” light
- One (1) “dangerous cargo” light (230V, red, flashing light) to be provided.
- The “dangerous cargo” light to be fitted at the signal/radar mast.
- The “dangerous cargo” light to be flashing of regular intervals of 120 per minute.
Daylight signaling lamp
- One (1) set of portable‐type daylight signal lamp (60W) with battery and charger to be
provided.
- Two (2) source receptacles to be installed at both bridge wings.
- Two (2) source receptacles to be installed at the front wall in the wheelhouse.
Search Lights
- One Searchlight 1,000 W, for normal ship operation, operable from wheelhouse, to be fitted
on top of wheelhouse.
Draft light
- Draft light to be provided according to rule requirement.

Propeller light
- Propeller light to be provided according to rule requirement.

Emergency Lighting
- Emergency lighting according to rules.
- The emergency lighting to be fed from the emergency switchboard at 230 V AC 60 Hz.
- The lighting to consist of fluorescent lighting points in vital places.
- Other type may be installed according to service requirements.
- The emergency lights to form part of ship's lighting, but they are to be distinctly identified.
- They are to be fitted in all spaces where they are required for crew's and ship's emergency
maneuver safety.
- Bed headlights to be emergency power fed.

Outlets / Plugs / Sockets
- For the connection of welding equipment three phase switch socket outlets with ground
connection for 32Ah (CEE 17/2) will be supplied for the machinery room area, bosun store,
deck’s workshop and steering gear room.
- One socket on each deck in engine room to be installed.
- In living areas and ECR the ship will be equipped with “Schuko” sockets flush mounted.
- In domestic areas and partial in workshops watertight “Schuko” sockets, remaining domestic
rooms, engine rooms, workshops, switchboard rooms, steering gear room and similar rooms
will be installed in sufficient numbers.
- Local switches to lighting control and also to local fan control shall be provided in accordance
with the lighting project and owner requirements.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Terminal connection boxes to distribute or summarize cables for efficient cable installation
shall be provided.
427.3 - Fog Tyfon

- One electrically operated tyfon equipped with electric heater to be installed on fore mast.
- Remote control by means of push‐buttons on bridge wings and by means of automatic fog
signals control unit fitted in bridge console.
- Morse signal light operates as a tyfon signaling lamp.
- Supply 230 V AC from emergency network.
- One(1) whistle control system with a time controller, to be provided in the wheelhouse
console.
- One(1) push button to be provided in the wheelhouse and one(1) on each wing of the
navigation bridge deck.

427.4 - Bells
- The ship is provided with 2 bells: one fitted fore and one on top deck

427.5 - Gong
- A fog signaling gong is to be located in the ship’s aft part.

427.6 - Staff Masts
- One (1) ensign staff of steel pipe construction will be provided at the stern on main deck.
- One (1) jack staff of steel pipe construction will be provided at the platform for Suez Canal
searchlight on forecastle deck.
- Necessary rigging and tackles for ensign/jack staff to be furnished completely.
- Mast fittings (see also item 418) to be galvanized.
427.7 - Flag
- Owner’s delivery
428. CCTV
One set of CCTV system to be provided as follow:
- 1 modular rack form system main unit
- 8 fixed high resolution IP color camera with zoom, IP56
- 8 fixed IP dome camera ceiling mounted with zoom
- 2 CCTV explosion proof housing and bracket IP66, ATEX II 2G ex d 11C T6 Gb

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Building Spec. – Part 5 page 1of 30 Drw.-No. 3312-0100-0010-CH4

3,100 TEU
Container Vessel

Type

RUBY 3100 neptun

Version: CH4
SFI GROUP SYSTEM

Part 1 – GENERAL
Part 2 – HULL
except 27 (PAINT)
Part 27 – PAINT



2021‐10‐12
NSD Rostock/Germany


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

5 - Equipment for Crew and Passengers .................................................................... 4

50 - Lifesaving Protection & Medical Equipment ..................................................... 5
501 - Lifeboats equipment ................................................................................... 5
502 - Life rafts equipment .................................................................................... 5
503 - Lifesaving, safety & emergency equipment ................................................ 6
505 Portable Fire Fighting Equipment ............................................................... 6
51 - Insulation, Panels, Bulkheads, Doors, Side scuttles, Windows ........................ 7
511 - Partition bulkheads, panelling .................................................................... 7
512 - Doors with Coamings in Accommodation ................................................... 8
514 - External doors with coamings .................................................................... 8
515 - Side scuttles & windows with equipment .................................................... 9
517 - Insulation .................................................................................................. 10
518 - Ceiling ...................................................................................................... 11
519 - Locking and Key System .......................................................................... 11
52 - Internal Deck Covering, Ladders, Step, Railings ........................................... 12
522 - Internal deck top covering (linoleum, tiles, parquet, etc.) ......................... 12
524 - Loose floor plates, platforms, steps & ladders in accommodation ............ 12
525 - Loose floor plates, platform, steps & ladders in eng. & pump rooms........ 13
526 - Ladders, platforms & railing in ballast & fuel tanks – see part 304 ........... 13
528 - Platforms, ladders & railing in cargo holds – see part 304 ....................... 13
53 - Ext. Deck Covering, Ladders, Steps, Fore & Aft Gangway ............................ 14
531 - External deck covering ............................................................................. 14
533 - Handrails, railing, rail gates ...................................................................... 14
534 - External platforms, steps, ladders & grating w/equipment ........................ 14
535 - Fore & aft gangway with equipment ......................................................... 15
536 - Sun Awnings for bridge wings with equipment ......................................... 15
54 - Furniture, Inventory, Entertainment Equipment ............................................. 16
541 - Furniture for crew, standard furniture ....................................................... 16
542 - Office equip. & spec. furniture in wheelh. chart & radio room ................... 20
543 - Bedclothes, mattresses ............................................................................ 20
544 - Curtains, carpets ...................................................................................... 20
55 - Galley/Pantry Equip., Provision Plants, Laundry/Ironing Equip. ..................... 20
551 - Galley machinery...................................................................................... 20
552 - Galley/pantry equipment for preparation & serving .................................. 21
554 - Freezing/refrigerating systems for provisions ........................................... 22
558 - Laundry, ironing & drying equipment ........................................................ 23
56 - Transport Equipment for Crew, Passengers & Provisions ............................. 23
562 Provision Lift............................................................................................. 23
563 - Provision crane......................................................................................... 23
565 – Davits for Bunkering and Suez Canal Search Light Handling .................. 23
566 – Crew Elevator .......................................................................................... 24
567 – Davit for Suez Canal Mooring Boat ......................................................... 24
57 - Ventilation, Air-Conditioning & Heating Systems ........................................... 25
571 - Ventilation/air-conditioning systems for accommodation .......................... 25
573 - Ventilation/air-conditioning systems for control rooms ............................. 25
574 - Ventilation/air-conditioning systems for boiler/eng. rooms ....................... 26

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

575 - Passage Ways / Pipe Ducts ..................................................................... 26

576 - Emergency Genset Room ........................................................................ 26
577 - Central heating systems w/radiators ........................................................ 27
58 - Sanitary Syst. W/Discharges, Accommodation Drain System ....................... 27
581 - Sanitary supply systems ........................................................................... 27
582 - Sanitary discharge systems, accommodation drainage systems ............. 30

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

5 - Equipment for Crew and Passengers

General
- The accommodation deckhouse is positioned aft.
- Accommodation spaces consisting of public space, private space, office space, catering space,
sanitary space, machinery space etc. as described below shall be provided in accordance with
the requirements of the Rules/Regulations.
- The arrangement of the rooms to be in accordance with the GAP.
- The decks height steel to steel is min. 2,900 mm (except the blind deck).
- Cargo and Ship’s Office have a clear height of 2,200 mm
- The other rooms have a minimum clear height of 2,100 mm.
- A blind deck between 6th accommodation deck and wheelhouse deck is provided to ensure
the visibility line determined.
- Yard will provide a sample book of all ceramics, carpets, tiles, wall panels colour and tissue
for owner’s selection.

Private Rooms
- Cabins shall be designed as standard modules, equipped with private sanitary units.
- The ship can accommodate 25 crew members + 6 Suez crew members, distributed in cabins
as per below table:
Grade Number of persons Cabin Lavatory
Senior officer class 4 Office/Day room; Private

Bedroom
Owner 1 One big day/bed Private
room
Junior officer class 4 One big day/bed Private
room
Crew class 16 Single room Private
(incl. Pilot cabin)
Suez crew 6 3 double Pullman Private
bunks in one room
Total: 25 Persons + 6 Suez crew
- A Suez Crew cabin is provided with entrance from Main Deck and adjacent public WC.

Public Rooms
- Crew Mess
- Officer Mess
- Crew Recreation room
- Officer Recreation room
- Hospital

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Gymnasium
- Meeting Room
Working Rooms
- Cargo Office (Talley Office)
- Ship’s Office
- Galley
- Officers Pantry
- Crews Pantry
- Laundry
- Lobby Provision store
Technical Rooms/Stores
- AC room
- Bonded Store
- Provision Rooms
- Safety Store
- Various stores
- Emergency Generator room
- Garbage Store
- Changing room
50 - Lifesaving Protection & Medical Equipment

501 - Lifeboats equipment
Life Boat
- One free fall lifeboat for 25 persons to be installed at PS. aft.
- The life boat can be launched by slide and recovery by A‐rack.
Rescue Boat
- One rescue boat for 6 persons with crane launching arrangement to be provided on 1st
accommodation deck SB. The crane to be also used for handling Suez Canal mooring boat
(SWL 3t).
502 - Life rafts equipment
- Two (2) life rafts each for 25 persons to be installed 1x port (throw‐overboard type) and 1x
starboard (davit launched type) with hydrostatic release device
- Two (2) life rafts for 6 persons to be installed at the forward part of the vessel without
hydrostatic release device


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

503 - Lifesaving, safety & emergency equipment
- The equipment, arrangement, installation and other provisions shall be in compliance with
the requirements of the Rules/SOLAS Regulations.
- Lifebuoys, life jackets, immersion suites, EEBDs, protective clothing and equipment, SCBA,
pyrotechnics and line throwing appliances, in accordance with SOLAS, LSA Code and IMDG
Code for the intended Cargoes to be loaded, to be provided by the Builder.
- EEBD’s according MSC/ Cir. 1081 shall be provided.
- For SOLAS II‐2 reg.19 (dangerous goods) there are in addition 2 chemical resistant suits with
2 self‐contained breathing devices provided.

505 Portable Fire Fighting Equipment

- The arrangement should be in compliance with the Class rules, and below table is for
reference.
- Reference is also made to Para.813.6 for fire fighting arrangement for open deck container
stowage areas.
FE 1 ‐ FIRE MANS OUTFIT 2 (Set)
- BOX FOR 1 SET 2
- SELF CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS 1200L 2
WITH AN AUDIBLE ALARM AND A VISUAL DEVICE
- SPARE BOTTLES FOR AIR BREATHING APPARATUS 6
- SAFETY LAMP EXPLOSION PROOF 2
- FIRE AXE WITH ISOLATED HANDLE 2
- FIRE RESISTENT SUIT 2
- RIGID HELMET 2
- BOOTS 2
- GLOVES 2
- LIFELINE WITH HOOK BELT 30 MTR. FIRE RESISTAND 2
- SAFETY BELT WITH SNAP HOOK 2
FE 2 ‐ SAFETY EQUIPMENT FOR DANGEROUS CARGO 1 (Set)
- BOX FOR 1 SET 1
- SELF CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS 1200L 2
- SPARE BOTTLES FOR AIR BREATHING APPARATUS 4
- LIFELINE WITH HOOK BELT 30 MTR. FIRE RESISTAND 2
- CHEMICALS PROTECTIVE SUITS, COMPLETE 4
- SAFETY BELT WITH SNAP HOOK 2
SPARE FILLINGS FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER
- PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER POWDER 6 Kg 15
- PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER CO2 5 L 3
- WHEELED FIRE EXTINGUISHER 50 Kg; A, B, C 2

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

FIRE EXTINGUISHER:
- CO2 FIRE EXTINGUISHER 5L 3
- PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER POWDER, 6KG 25
- PORTABLE FOAM APPLICATOR 1
- WHEELED FIRE EXTINGUISHER 50KG; A,B,C 2
HOSE BOX WITH SPRAY; JET NOZZLE:
- 15m X DM16: 6 pcs
- 25m X DM16: 10 pcs
- 20m X DM16: 7 pcs
A 45L foam type wheeled fire extinguisher shall be installed in engine room.
A 135L foam type wheeled fire extinguisher shall be installed on boiler platform near the burner
unit.
The quantity of portable firefighting equiments shall be adjusted according to the drawing of Fire
Control and Safety Plan which approved by Class
51 - Insulation, Panels, Bulkheads, Doors, Side scuttles, Windows

511 - Partition bulkheads, panelling
Partition walls in accommodation
- Lining shall be applied on steel bulkheads for all cabins, public rooms, offices, corridors and
navigation spaces.
- Standard prefabricated mineral wool panels with galvanized steel sheets will be used for wall
lining, corridors and division walls.
- 25mm thick panels will be used for steel wall lining.
- 50mm thick panels will be used for division walls in compartments.
- 50 thick panels will be used for walls separating beds.
- The panels shall have the following particulars:
 Partition wall ‐ 50 mm thick mineral wool board finished with galvanized steel coated
with decorative PVC film on both sides
 Lining wall ‐ 25 mm thick mineral wool board finished with galvanized steel coated with
decorative PVC film on the visible side and galvanized steel on the other side
- The lining panel for catering spaces shall be of SUS 304 sheet (0.6 mm thick on visible side)
- The details of panel fixtures shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standards.
Laundries, drying, changing, AC, sanitary rooms and stores in Acc. Area
- Steel walls will be painted; insulated walls will be lined with galvanized steel sheet.
Partition Walls in Stores and Lockers outside Accommodation
- Insulated areas will be lined with galvanized steel sheet and painted.
- Non‐insulated steel bulkheads will be painted only.
- Dry provision and bonded store will be covered with galvanized steel sheet, painted.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

512 - Doors with Coamings in Accommodation
- The height from the uppermost deck covering to the top of door opening shall be approx.
1,950 mm in general.
- Clear width will be from 600 mm to 700 mm.
- All cabin doors to be provided with door cushion to avoid damaging the panel.
Fire Doors – A Class
- A‐Class doors will be arranged, wherever it is required by Rules and Regulations.
- Generally fire doors will be of hinged type.
- Visible surfaces of fire doors in public spaces and corridors will be painted or covered with
PVC foil or other material same as the surrounding wall.
- Stainless steel sills will be provided at all fire doors.
Doors in Accommodation – B Class
- Cabin doors will be made of hollow steel, painted or covered with PVC foil.
- Door frames will be of painted steel.
- Width of cabin doors approx. 650 mm, sanitary spaces approx. 600 mm.
- All doors will have rubber sealing, profiled, to achieve the required sound insulation.
- Sill height for the doors in sanitary and public spaces shall be as low as possible.
- Door fittings will be of chromed brass or stainless steel.
- Door closers to be provided, where required by Rules or Regulations.
- All cabin doors to be equipped with emergency kick‐off escapes.
- Master lock system to be provided for all internal doors.
514 - External doors with coamings
- The height from the steel deck to the top of door opening shall be approx. 1,950 mm in
general.
- Steps at 150mm above deck shall be provided for the doors having a sill height of 600 mm
and above.
- External doors to have a clear width of 600 mm to 750 mm.
- Rain shade to be provided for doors facing the weather without any overhanging deck above.
- Door hinges and dogs will be fitted with grease nipples.
- Gastight steel doors will be arranged, if it is required by Rules or Regulations.
- Watertight steel doors will be arranged if it is required by Rules or Regulations.
- Steel doors with ventilation openings will be arranged wherever it is necessary.
- External entrance doors to Accommodation:
 from Main Deck up to uppermost Accommodation Deck ‐ steel doors with a bull eye
 Wheelhouse deck ‐ GRP‐type hinged door with bull eye and a clear width of 900 mm
- External doors to be equipped with closing devices as per ISPS rules.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

515 - Side scuttles & windows with equipment

General
- In general windows will be arranged as shown in the GAP
- Steel framed windows and side scuttles shall be provided in general.
- Roller type sun screens shall be provided for all windows of the wheelhouse.
- Round windows have to be installed on main deck level, to be of fixed type.
- Window panes will be of single pane type, safety glass (clear glass).
- The main frames of windows will be welded and the glass frame will be screwed from inside
- The window construction will be of easy maintenance type and will allow easy replacement
of broken glass panes.
- All windows in accommodation will be surrounded by suitable window boxes.
Wheelhouse
- 25 Large size windows (as shown in the GAP) providing a maximum visibility will be fitted in
the wheelhouse.
- All windows will be of fixed type.
- Wheelhouse front and side windows shall be inclined from the vertical plane top out at an
angle of 15°.
- The front windows are provided with spray FW line with drain cock.
- The height of the lower edge of front windows above the deck surface should not be more
than 1000mm.
- The minimum height of the upper edge of front windows above the deck surface shall be
2000 mm.
- Sun protection blinds at wheelhouse for all windows will be arranged.
- 9Electric motor driven window wipers of blade horizontal straight type and 2 electric motor
driven clear view screens shall be fitted on front windows of the wheelhouse.
- Platform for wheelhouse window cleaning to be provided.
The wiper shall have auto parking feature.The size and number of rectangular windows shall
be as follows.
Location No. x Approx. cutout size(mm) Remarks
Wheel Front 1x 1281/984 (B) x 1,150(H) Fixed type
house 1x 1296/998(B) x 1150(H)
2 x 1403 (B) x 1150(H)
1x 1078 (B)x1150(H)
1x 1028(B)X1150(H)
3 x 1538 (B)X1150(H)
1x 1460 (B)X1150(H)
1x 1100 (B)X1150(H)
1x 1163(B)X1150(H)
1x 1090(B)X1150(H)
1x 1907/1722(B)X1150(H)

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

1x 1340/1042(B)X1150(H)
2x 1612/1314(B)X1150(H)
1x 2283/1985(B)X1150(H)
1x 1341/1023(B)X1150(H)
1x 2285/2173(B)X1150(H)
2x 2170/2170(B)X1150(H)
1x 1406/1293(B)X1150(H)
1x 999/1112(B)X1150(H)
1x 2424(B)X1160(H)
Cabin Captain/Chief eng. One window shall
‐ bed room 1 x 560(B) x 800(H) be open type in
‐ day room 3 x 560(B) x 800(H) the one cabin.
1 x 1000(B) x 800(H)
Other Senior officer
‐ bed room 1 x 560(B) x 800(H)
‐ day room 4 x 560(B) x 800(H)
Junior and Owner class 2 x 560(B) x 800(H)
Crew class 1 x 560(B) x 800(H)
Public Officer’s mess room 1x 560(B) x 800(H) One window shall
space 1x 1000(B) x 800(H) be open type in
Crew’s mess room 2x 560(B) x 800(H) the one room
1x 1000(B) x 800(H)
Recreation room 3x 560(B) x 800(H) One window shall
1x 1000(B) x 800(H) be open type
Other Ship’s office 2 x 560(B) x 800(H) Open type
Cargo office 2 x 560(B) x 800(H) One window shall
be open type
Hospital 1 x 560(B) x 800(H) Open type
Gymnasium 2 x 560(B) x 800(H)
Galley 2 x 560(B) x 800(H) Open type
Pantry 1 x 560(B) x 800(H)
Engine control room 2 x 1,200(B) x 800(H) Fixed type
517 - Insulation
General
- Insulation shall be attached to the walls and deck heads where required by steel pins and
washers.
- The floor of engine control room shall be insulated with 50mm thick deck covering.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Heat insulation
- Heat Insulation will be used for accommodation rooms exposed to ambient air.
- The thickness of the insulation at the ship side in way of the accommodation will be min. 75
mm on plane areas and 25 mm on profiles.
- 100mm thick insulation to be arranged for the deckhead of wheelhouse or the deckhead of
cabins which are exposed to ambient air.
Fire protection Insulation
- Fire insulation shall be provided in compliance with the Rules and Regulations.
- Insulation bridges, draught stops etc. according to Class requirements.
- Fire insulation in engine room to be covered with glass cloth with aluminum foil as oil vapour
barrier.
- In addition, wire mesh for E/R overhead A‐60 insulation to be provided.
Sound insulation
- Sound insulation will be executed in order to fulfill noise level requirements.
Insulation Sundry
- Hot pipes passing accommodation and other spaces will be insulated. Pipes shall be insulated
with mineral/rock wool covered with aluminum foil cloth and all covered with fiber glass
cloth.
Surface insulation outside accommodation
- All hot surfaces of tanks with possible surface temperatures above 60°C are heat insulated by
60 mm mineral wool for plane areas and 25 mm mineral wool for stiffeners, covered by
damp tight aluminum foil, if accessible, and for HFO daily tank and settling tank by 0.75 mm
thick steel plates (galvanized).
518 - Ceiling
- Ceilings shall consist of 30 mm thick mineral wool panels finished with galvanized steel
coated with baked enamel paint.
- The ceiling panel for catering spaces shall be of SUS 304 sheet (0.6 mm thick) on visible side.
- The details of panel fixtures shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standards.
- In changing rooms, Laundries and Staircases, insulated areas will be covered with galvanized
steel sheet and painted.
- In stores and lockers the deck head insulation will be covered with glass fiber cloth, joints are
glued.
- Non‐insulated steel bulkheads and ceilings will be painted only.
Dry provision and bonded store will be covered with galvanized steel sheet, painted.
519 ‐ Locking and Key System

- General Anti‐pirate locking devices shall be provided for all external doors.
- All doors will be equipped with handles and locks.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- A general master key system with different key groups will be provided.
- A three‐level key system to be provided. Three levels to be distributed into Officer, Engineer
and Crew Class.
- Personal lockers and drawers in accommodation will not be integrated in the master key
system.
- Locks for medical and bonded store are different and are not subject to any master key.
- Exterior doors shall have locks of non‐corrosive materials.
- All keys to be provided with brass name tag.
- Outside steel doors including accommodation entrance doors of main and 1st
Accommodation deck to have locking device for pad lock at inside of the space.
- Cylinder mortise locks for public toilets to be provided.
52 - Internal Deck Covering, Ladders, Step, Railings

522 - Internal deck top covering (linoleum, tiles, parquet, etc.)
- Deck covering for the internal accommodation area shall be provided as follows:
 Senior officer class living and bed rooms:
Carpet, in 4mm tiles, fixed (not permanently glued), wall to wall, except under
furniture.
 Other living spaces, recreation rooms, offices, public spaces, passage spaces:
Vinyl, 4mm tiles, except under furniture.
 Catering spaces, Laundries, Public toilet:
Ceramic tiles (10mm thick) on 30mm cement with skirting board. Deck covering in wet
rooms, shall be sloped towards scuppers.
 Engine control room and bridge:
Anti‐slip PVC 2mm tiles.
- Ceramic tiles to be laid in a way to prevent accumulation of water and dirt.
- Deck covering shall be slopped towards scuppers
- The thickness of the underlayers to be between 8‐10 mm.
- Floating floor is laid where required by noise protection reasons in accommodation areas.
- Certified rubber mats of 4 mm thickness shall be provided in front of the electric Main and
Emergency switchboards.
- Wooden gratings will be provided in rope store, paint store and Bosun store.
- The decks in stores, workshops, AC‐ rooms and dry provision rooms will be painted.
- Wings covering shall be rubber ring mats with width of 1000mm.
Plastic skirting of 60mm high shall be provide for joiner liner and partition bulkhead spaces, and the
bulkhead spaces and tile flooring with 100mm tile skirting.
524 - Loose floor plates, platforms, steps & ladders in accommodation
- The stairway in accommodation space shall be provided as follows:
Clear breadth not less than 700 mm
Inclination Approx. 45° to horizontal
Side frame Steel, painted

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Stair steps with anti‐skid noses, metal edges and 2mm vinyl coating.
- Handrails for stairway, storm rails inside accommodation to be SUS 304..
- Ladders and hand rails on exposed decks to be steel galvanized.
- Hinged solid fence to be installed on stairs from main deck upwards to disable unauthorized
access.
525 - Loose floor plates, platform, steps & ladders in eng. & pump rooms
- Floor will be of non‐slip type.
- Floor plates to have coamings along the sides and around openings.
- Floor plates will be secured by flush type screws.
- In engine room galvanized gratings will be used generally except approx. one meter around
main engine and around aux. engines.
- Where necessary for repair and machinery operation plates and their supports shall be
dismountable.
- The floor on the tank top is strengthened in way of the transport casing and on both sides of
the main engine.
- Opening flaps with adequate coamings and railings shall be arranged above all fittings and
valves located below the floor.
- Name plates to be put on top of those flaps.
- Stairs consist of chequered steel plates or studded steel plates, welded to side pieces.
- Hand rails are made of steel tubes.
- The clear width of stairs is 600mm; the inclination is maximal 60°.
- In dedicated electrical rooms exposed to huge cable installation, floors and gratings to be
installed in a convenient height above steel deck to ease cable bending and installation.
- At the steam boilers platforms with gratings to be arranged for operation of the steam valves
and boiler maintenance.
- Platforms with gratings to be arranged in engine casing.
- Ladders to be arranged from Engine Room to funnel top within the engine casing.
- One escape door to be arranged from engine casing to an open accommodation deck (at
wheel house deck).
- All inclined ladders are provided with mid rail bar.
526 - Ladders, platforms & railing in ballast & fuel tanks – see part 304

528 - Platforms, ladders & railing in cargo holds – see part 304

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

53 - Ext. Deck Covering, Ladders, Steps, Fore & Aft Gangway

531 - External deck covering
- Exterior Decks have no deck covering.
- The deck surface is painted.
- Anti‐slip rubber mats to be provided on bridge wings.
- Mooring areas and areas in front of accommodation entrance doors (outside) to be painted
with anti‐slip paint.
533 - Handrails, railing, rail gates
- Railings made of galvanized steel pipes and round bars supported by painted flat steel bar
stanchions shall be provided on open decks, height min. 1,050 mm above deck.
- Handrail to be D42x3mm. Intermediate rails to be RD20 and the steel bar stanchions to be of
FL60x15.
- Stanchions are spaced not more than 1,600 mm.
- Additional support for each third stanchion will be provided. Support to be either a strut or a
strut plate.
- In way of life raft embarkation positions, accommodation ladder etc. hinged gates to be
fitted.
- Handrails to consist of a top rail, two intermediate rails and stanchions and to be galvanized.
- Storm rails to be fitted on the side walls and aft wall of deck houses, and at longitudinal
engine casing walls in corridors of accommodation quarters.
- Storm rail to be of galvanized steel pipe.
- safety cage or guard rails of galvanized steel round bar to be fitted on masts and posts for
handling blocks, lamps, etc. starting from 2m above the deck.
534 - External platforms, steps, ladders & grating w/equipment
- The stairways should be arranged as shown on the General Arrangement Plan.
- Outside stairs will be of galvanized steel with anti‐skid chequered plate steps and handrails of
galvanized steel pipes.
- The stairs can be sloped up to 45° in general but exceptional up to 55°.
- The width between handrails is 700 mm in general.
- Fixed ladders will have rungs of square steel and stringers of flat steel.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

535 - Fore & aft gangway with equipment

Accommodation ladders for crew and dock workers
- Two (2) swing self‐stowing type accommodation ladders, made from sea‐water resistant
aluminum, to be fitted at aft main deck as shown on the General Arrangement Plan to allow
safe access for the crew independent from cargo handling in ports.
- Each one (1) electric motor to be provided for accommodation ladder winches.
- Means of manual emergency operation to be provided.
Strength of ladder to comply with latest SOLAS requirements.
- Safety net with enough size to cover the accommodation ladder will be provided.
- Secondary support for accommodation ladder shall be provided.
- The swivel pin of the upper platform shall have grease nipples for lubrication.
- The lubrication for swivel pin on the top platform of accommodation ladder to use EAL
grease.
Accommodation ladders for Pilot and enlarged Panama Channel
- Two (2) swing self‐stowing type accommodation ladders, made from sea‐water resistant
aluminum, to be fitted at main deck in way of Hatch covers as shown on the General
Arrangement Plan to allow safe access for the pilot and the Panama channel staff acc. to the
rules.
- Each one (1) electric motor to be provided for accommodation ladder winches.
- Means of manual emergency operation to be provided.
- Strength of ladder to comply with latest SOLAS requirements.
- Safety net with enough size to cover the accommodation ladder will be provided.
- Secondary support for accommodation ladder shall be provided.
- The swivel pin of the upper platform shall have grease nipples for lubrication.
Pilot Rope ladders
- Two (2) pilot rope ladders will be provided.
- Length shall be sufficient to reach a level of approx. 600 mm above the lightest waterline.
- flush‐type lashing pots to be provided to secure the pilot ladders to the side shell
Gangway
- One gangway, made from sea‐water resistant aluminum, with removable stanchions is to be
provided.
- Length = 12 m, clear width 600mm.
- Gangway is to be operated by the provision crane aft.
- Hinged gates at main deck aft at SB and PS will be provided.
536 - Sun Awnings for bridge wings with equipment
- Sun Awning for bridge wings according Panama Rules are to be provided.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

54 - Furniture, Inventory, Entertainment Equipment

541 - Furniture for crew, standard furniture
General
- Furniture and fittings shall be of substantial construction in harmony with decorative
treatment of the space for which intended.
- Minor parts for furniture shall be of nickel chromium plated brass, nickel plated steel and
stainless steel in general.
- All cabins to be equipped with a 50l refrigerator of domestic type.
- All drawers and doors of furniture to be fitted with snap locks.
- Following list is for reference. Details will be shown as the drawing of Cabin Plan.
- Sofas will be arranged in recreation rooms, officer and crew cabins.
- All beds shall be arranged in direction of longitudinal and sofas in private rooms shall be
arranged in direction of transverse as far as possible. If not they must be in opposite
direction.
- All furniture and heavy item that are mounted on joiner bulkhead to be secured by through
bolt or to be supported by structure installed behind lining.
- Life jacket and immersion suit to be fitted in a dedicated shelf in wardrobe.
- All refrigerators should be using environmentally friendly refrigerant.
- Wooden furniture should have at least small round off (no sharp edges) to avoid personal
injury.
Senior Officer Class Cabins
- Bedroom
 Bed 1
 Wardrobe (1500x600x2100)mm 1
 Mirror (400x600)mm 1
 Nightstand (400x450x500)mm 1
 Dressing chair 1
 Bookrack 1
- Day Room
 Corner sofa (2300x2300x700x850/420)mm 1
 Sofa table (1200x600x550)mm 1
 Arm chair 1
 Coat hooks 4
 Refrigerator 50L 1
 Semi high cabinets (1500x600x780)mm 2
 Book Case (600x350)mm 1
 Desk with doors & drawers (2000x800x780)mm 1
 Swivel chair 1
 Sideboard (1500x600x780) 1
 Cabinet for storage of entertainment unit 1


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Owner Cabin
 Corner sofa (2300x2300x700x850/420)mm 1
 Desk with doors and drawers (2000x800x780)mm 1
 Refrigerator 1
 Simple Chair 1
 TV cabinet (900x600x780)mm 1
 Bed 1
 Coat hooks 4
 Swivel chair 1
 Bookrack 1

Junior Officer Class, Pilot and Crew cabins
 Bed 1
 3‐person sofa (2000x700x850/420)mm 1
 Desk/Sofa table (1900/1200x600x780) 1
 Refrigerator 1
 Simple Chair 1
 Coat hooks 4
 Bookrack 1

Suez Crew
 Steel double Pullman bucks 3
 Chairs 6
 Table (1600x700x780)mm 1
 Coat hooks 6

Crew Mess Room
 Dining table for 4 persons (1400x800x780)mm 4
 Chairs 16
 Semi high cabinets (1725/1550x650x1050)mm 1
 Coat hooks 6

Officers’ Mess Room
 Dining tables for 4 persons (1400x800x780)mm 3
 Chairs 8
 Semi high cabinets 2

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 Sofa 2
 Coat hooks 8

Officer’s Recreation Room
 12 person round sofa (2300x4840x1625x850/420)mm 1
 Arm chairs 4
 Refrigerator 1
 Chess table (D=700mm) 1
 Bar counter (3100x1640x900/1250)mm 1
 Glass cabinet (1800x300x600)mm 1
 Bar stool 4
 Bookcase 1
 Coat hooks 8
Crew’s Recreation Room
 12 person round sofa (2300x4840x1625x850/420)mm 1
 Arm chairs 8
 Round table (D=900mm) 1
 Chess table (D=700mm) 1
 TV（Owner Supply） 1
 Bookcase 1
 Coat hooks 8
Changing Room
 Wooden bench (1000x450)mm 1
 Washing sink 1
 Shower 1
 Steel lockers approx. 200mm above deck (300x500x2000)mm 8
 Toilet 1
Ship office
 File cabinets (1113x400x2200)mm 3
 Coat hooks 4
 Swivel chairs 4
 Desks 4
 Table (1000x600x550)mm 1
 Refrigerator 1
 Corner sofa (3400x1800x850/420)mm 1

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 Refrigerator 1
 Corner sofa (3400x1800x850/420)mm 1

Cargo office
 File cabinet 2
 Coat hooks
 Swivel chair 1
 Desk (2000x800x780)mm 1
 Table (2125x700x780)mm 1
 Arm chairs 6
 Refrigerator 1

Gymnasium
 Wooden bench (1000x450)mm 1
 Coat hooks
 Ping pong table (Owner supply) 1
 Training unit (Owner supply) 1
 Home trainer (Owner supply) 1
 Running belt (Owner supply) 1
 Rowing machine (Owner supply) 1
 Cross trainer (Owner supply) 1
Hospital
 Hospital bed(2000x1000)mm with curtain 1
 Desk (1800x700x780)mm 1
 Swivel chair 1
 Medicine locker(1250x600/270x2000)mm 1
 HOSP. EUIP./Wardrobe(800x600x2100)mm 1
 Nightstand (600x500x650)mm 1
 Simple Chair 1
 Stretcher 1
 Mirror 1
 Refrigerator 1
 Bath unit with tub and basin with hot /cold water 1
Meeting room
 Conference table(2600x1000x780)mm 1
 Arm chair 10
 Sideboard (800x600x780)mm 4
 Book shelf (2000x450x2100)mm 1

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

542 - Office equip. & spec. furniture in wheelh. chart & radio room
Wheelhouse
- No consoles desk or other equipment will be higher than 1300 mm.
- The radio station will be a part of the bridge.
- If inside the restricted sphere area, the Compass area will be made of anti‐magnetic material.
- The furnishing of the wheelhouse to include:
 Bridge console for Monitoring, Navigation and Steering
 Two Bridge wing consoles
 Radio console and telex equipment (in bridge console)
 Chart table with drawers, soft plotting pad and felt lined chronometer box
 Pigeonhole flag locker
 Binocular box of wood lined with felt
 Locker for signals etc.
 2 pcs. pilot arm chairs with upholstery
 1 arm chair
 semi height cabinet with refrigerator 60 l and sink with hot water pot
 Semi height cabinet
 2 pcs. book case
 Sofa and table
 4 coat hooks
543 - Bedclothes, mattresses
- Berths will be provided with spring mattresses, 150 mm thick and with lockable drawers
underneath.
- Fixed type berth with two drawers 2000x1600 mm for Owner.
- Fixed type berths with two drawers 2000x1400 mm for Senior Officer Class cabins.
- Fixed type berths with two drawers 2000x1200 mm for Junior Officer Class cabins.
- Fixed type berths with two drawers 2000x1000 mm for Pilot and Crew cabins.
- Steel double berth for Suez Crew 2000x800 mm.
544 - Curtains, carpets
- All windows and portholes in living spaces will have curtains.
- All showers will have curtains (plastic).
- Windows in Galley will be provided with roller blinds.
55 - Galley/Pantry Equip., Provision Plants, Laundry/Ironing Equip.

551 - Galley machinery

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Equipment shall be of marine use in general.
- The equipment shall be of electric type.
552 - Galley/pantry equipment for preparation & serving
- Catering furniture in galley and pantries shall be of stainless steel in general.
- The galley will be arranged as shown on the GAP.
- All equipment is properly mounted with suitable foundations and installed to facilitate easy
maintenance and cleanliness.
- The furniture to be wall mounted or provided with feet, abt. 200 mm above deck covering.
- Hot and cold water mixing valves will be fitted.
- Cabinets for various galley equipment will be arranged below the working tables.
- The galley is equipped as follows:
 Stainless steel work tables
 Four (4) plate electric range with storm rails and oven abt. 17kW
 Universal kitchen machine with accessories including meat grinder abt.0.45kW
 Deep fat fryer 10L
 Automatic dishwasher abt. 3.1kW
 Dish Rack
 Refrigerator stainless steel 500L
 Double sink of stainless steel built‐in
 Baking oven abt. 10 kW
 Meat slicer abt. 0.15kW
 Tilting frying pan abt. 9kW
 Knife holder
 Garbage can
 Wall mounted cabinet
 Hot water boiler 15L/hr
 Foldable seat
 Hand wash sink, complete with 1 towel dispenser, 1 soap dispenser, towel hooks, 1
waste bin
 Waste disposer abt. 0.55 kW
 Peeler abt. 0.75 kW
- Two Pantries will be arranged as shown on the GAP, equipped each with:
 Dishwashing machine abt. 3.1kW
 Dish rack
 Sink of stainless steel built‐in
 Plate baskets, wall mounted
 Working tables with cabinets and shelves below
 Hot water boiler 15L/hr
 Cold water dispenser abt. 022kW
 Toaster 4 slice
 Micro wave oven 25L
 Refrigerator 250L
 Coffee machine 5L/hr

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 Garbage can
554 - Freezing/refrigerating systems for provisions
Cooling Chambers
Chamber Temperature (°C) Approx. volume (m³)
Fish/Meat room ‐18 11
Vegetable/dairy room +4 30
Handling +8 24
Lobby Uncooled 16
Dry provision Uncooled 40
Total ‐ 121
- Rooms will be made of prefabricated polyurethane elements of 120mm lined with stainless
steel plate on visible side and galvanized steel sheet on the back side of the elements.
- The floor surfaces will be provided with special steel sheets and pressure distributing slabs.
- Scuppers (with heating element) with siphon type air seal trap underneath to be fitted in
each compartment.
- Remote reading thermometers with indicators adjacent to the entrance door and in ECR will
be arranged for both frozen rooms.
- Alarm output in case of temperature rise.
- Illumination with indication lighting at switch outside.
- Door frame heaters and drain trap heaters to be provided
- Doors can be opened from both sides also when locked.
- Refrigerated floors are provided with grating.
- Sink in lobby with hot and cold‐water shall be supplied.
Refrigeration Plant
- Two (2) sets of refrigerating units to be arranged in the ER (one(1) as standby)
 Compressor: Electric motor driven, air cooled and piston type
 Condenser: Horizontal straight shell and tube type
 Capacity: 100% each
- Two (2) sets of condensing units shall be provided in E/R (one (1) as standby)
- The cooling system shall be operated with R 407C refrigerant with a limited evaporating
temperature of ‐25°C with direct expansion with automatic control device.
- After cooling down, one (1) set to be operated about 16 hours per day at an outside air
temperature of 35°C.
- The cooling F.W. temperature to be of 36°C.
- The condensing unit shall be supplied from the fresh water cooling system.
- A unit cooler to be provided for each provision chamber.
- An electric defrosting device to be provided for meat and fish chambers.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Ozone generator for vegetable room to be provided.
Racks
- Stainless steel 3‐tier shelves will be used in general.
- Rails of aluminum with stainless steel hooks shall be fitted in the meat and fish room.
- Meat hanging rails of aluminum with stainless steel hooks will be installed in the lobby.
- One stainless steel working table with two sinks to be provided in the lobby.
558 - Laundry, ironing & drying equipment

- Two laundries are arranged, each equipped with:
 Washing machine 11kg 3
 Drying Tumbler 7kg 1
 Washtub 1
 Iron and ironing board 1
Washing machine is Domestic type with front loading.
56 - Transport Equipment for Crew, Passengers & Provisions

562 Provision Lift
- A provision lift is arranged, connecting the Cold provision Lobby (Main Deck) with the Galley
(2nd Acc. Deck), in order to transport easily provisions from one deck to the other.
- Load capacity –150kg

563 - Provision crane

- One electro‐driven Crane to be provided on main deck at centerline
- Functions are:
 Handling of CO2 bottles, serving the resting area
 Handling of provision and beverage, serving the main deck
 Handling Engine Spare parts, serving the main deck
 Handling of gangway/yard ladder
- Crane shall be of electro‐hydraulic slewing type.
- Lifting capacity 5 tons SWL for outreach 4 m out of ship’s shell.
- Hoisting speed according SOLAS‐rules
- Emergency brake release by using the hand pump shall be provided.
565 – Davits for Bunkering and Suez Canal Search Light Handling
- Two (2) fixed‐type davits SWL 0.5 t (manual slewing, electrical hoisting) to be provided for
handling bunker hoses.
- One (1) movable davit SWL 0.15 t to be provided for handling the Suez channel search light.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

566 – Crew Elevator

- A crew elevator is provided from main deck to 6th deck.
- The capacity of the crew elevator is about 500kg (6 persons). Rated speed is about 1m/s.
- One telephone is provided in elevator.
567 – Davit for Suez Canal Mooring Boat

- One (1) fixed type davit driven by electrical motor winch shall be provided for handling Suez
Canal mooring boat. The davit is located on portside of the 1st accommodation deck
- The capacity of the davit to be 3 tons with outreach of 2.7m.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

57 - Ventilation, Air-Conditioning & Heating Systems

571 - Ventilation/air-conditioning systems for accommodation
- A central medium pressure Air conditioning system serves all accommodation spaces
- The system shall be a centralized duct system and designed for the following conditions:
Season Outside air Inside air
Temp. R. Humid Temp. R. Humid
Summer 35°C 70% 22°C 40 – 60 %
Winter ‐20°C ‐ +22°C abt. 50%

- Fresh air ratio about 50%.
- The AC‐system consists of two refrigerating compressors @ 100% capacity each, one air
handling unit with 100% capacity, diffusers etc.
- The refrigerant for all systems to be of R 407C, the cooling F. W. temperature to be of 36°C.
- Heating medium: steam
- The construction, material, etc. of the air conditioning equipment shall be in accordance with
the manufacturer's standards unless otherwise specified.
- One set of air handling unit has to be installed in the air‐conditioning room.
- Dual duct system, allowing for local temperature control
- Separate air condition systems are installed for the galley and the ECR
572 - Ventilation/air-conditioning systems for galley
- One (1) separate air‐conditioning unit with 100% fresh air shall be provided for the galley.
- The unit is equipped with fresh water cooled axial condenser, hermetic type compressor,
electric connections, switch gear, air filter, drip tray and centrifugal fan with V‐belt drive.
- cooling capacity 20 kW, heating capacity 15 kW
- The construction, material, etc. of the air conditioning unit shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's standard.
- For galley exhaust one (1) separate fan will be installed.
573 - Ventilation/air-conditioning systems for control rooms
- One (1) self standing air‐conditioning unit shall be provided for engine control room (cooling
capacity 25 kW, 3900 m³/h).
- This unit is operating with 5% fresh air and 95 % recirculation air.
- The unit is equipped with fresh water cooled spiral wounded condenser, fully hermetic type
compressor, electronic connections, switch gear, air filter, drip tray, centrifugal fan with V‐
belt drive and other facilities acc. Suppliers standard.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

574 - Ventilation/air-conditioning systems for boiler/eng. rooms

Engine Room
- The engine room is ventilated by two pairs of axial flow Fans .
- The frequency‐control is working acc. preset program related to the temperature and
pressure in engine room.
 Four (4) pieces
 High efficient axial flow
 One (1) piece reversible
 variable‐frequency control (VFC) for each pair
- Supply air inlets shall be provided with mist eliminators.
- Natural exhaust air flow through rain proof grids on the aft side of the funnel are to be
provided.
- Remote operated fire dampers shall be installed.
- Velocity limits:
Item Velocity [m/s]
Main ducts 15
Branch ducts 8
Exhaust louvers (80% free area assumed) 7
- ER‐Workshop exhaust (incl. welding place), nozzle test room exhaust, electric workshop
exhaust and purifier space exhaust by one axial flow fan each.
Service Spaces
- Mechanical or natural ventilation systems to be provided for service spaces and other
compartments in conventional practice.

575 - Passage Ways / Pipe Ducts

- The under deck passage way is 2‐fold ventilated and separated from the cargo holds by non‐
ventilated air locks or water‐/gastight hatches.
- The Pipe duct in the double bottom is 6‐fold ventilated blowing air from Engine room access
to the fwd. escape on main deck.

576 - Emergency Genset Room

- One (1) reversible axial flow supply fan shall be provided.
- Fresh air inlets shall be provided with mist eliminators.
- Fire dampers for supply and exhaust air for heat dissipation and combustion of the
Emergency Generator will be electrically operated.
- The fire damper shall open automatically as soon as the started Emergency generator
delivers the necessary electrical power.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

577 - Central heating systems w/radiators
- Steam heaters have to be installed in all not air‐conditioned spaces with the risk of freezing
of liquids is obvious.
- 500 W electrical heaters to be installed in each public toilet.
- Additional electrical heating to be provided for technical rooms and stores in fore ship, Paint
store, Boatswain store (for restricted area only), Bow thruster room, steering gear room,
wheelhouse em’cy DG room and hospital.
- For wheelhouse, additional electrical heaters for supply air for windows shall be provided.
58 - Sanitary Syst. W/Discharges, Accommodation Drain System

581 - Sanitary supply systems
Freshwater Service System
- Fresh water to be carried in dedicated tanks.
- Filling of FW tanks through evaporator or shore connection.
- A freshwater service system (Hydrophore), consisting of two pumps (one operating/one
standby) and one pressure tank (1,000 l) to be provided.
- The pressure tank of stainless steel to be fitted with gauge glass, pressure gauges, relief valve
and drain connection.
- The pumps to be started/stopped by automatic pressure control.
- A connection from the compressed air system for charging purposes to be provided.
- Fresh water to be distributed via UV‐sterilizing unit to the consumers.
- An electrically operated calorifier to be provided for 65°C warm water supply.
- FW for technical purposes have to be led from FW tanks via Hydrophore directly to the
consumers.
- The following consumers to be connected to the warm and cold water system:
 Showers
 Wash basins
 Galley
 Pantries
 Laundry
 Washing basin Engine room workshop
 Purifier room
- The following consumers to be connected to the fresh cold water system:
 toilets
- Fresh water pipes with drainable valves to be installed on each deck for deck washing.
- Window cleaning to have warm/cold water connection, equipped with solenoid valves for
control cold/warm water.
Fresh Water Hydrophore Pumps
- No.: 2
- Type: centrifugal

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- capacity : 5,2 m³/h, 8bar

Hot Water Circulating Pumps
- No.: 2 (one hot water circulating pump active, one stored as spare)
- Type: centrifugal
- capacity : 1,0 m³/h, 2bar
Calorifier
- No.: 1
- Capacity: 750 l (electric and steam heated)
- Material: Stainless steel
UV – Fresh Water Sterilizer
- No.: 1
Fresh Water Hydrophore Tank
- No.: 1
- Material: Stainless steel

Technical Water Hydrophore Pump
- No.: 1
- Type: centrifugal
Technical Water Hydrophore
- No.: 1
- Material: steel
Private sanitary units
- Bathrooms will be provided as complete prefabricated wet spaces for all cabins.
- Vacuum type toilets will be provided.
- Wash basins to be equipped with S‐trap, pop‐up plug
- A removable panel to be installed behind the toilet unit.
- Scupper openings will be covered with adequately perforated stainless steel covers.
- Bathroom door with PVC or laminate cover matching exterior and interior decoration
- Door coaming will be of stainless steel
- Ventilation louvers to be mounted at the door.
- In each sanitary unit one scupper will be provided.
- The floor unit will be of watertight bottom tube made of steel sheet, sloped towards the
scupper, with ceramic tiles‐covering, anti‐skid.
- No coaming to be mounted in the wet unit but inclined tiles at border of shower area.
- The gaps are sealed.
- All holes in steel walls for cables to be fitted by rubber protection, the same protection has
to be used also inside mirror cabinet.
- The junction boxes have to be installed to the inspection hatch as close as possible.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Sanitary units will be equipped with:
 1 Washbasin with:
 1 Faucet for hot and cold water for washbasin
 1 Soap holder
 1 Shower with:
 1 Hot/cold mixing battery with thermostat
 1 Shower curtain
 1 Storm grip
 1 Soap holder
 1 White European type WC with cover and toilet tank (behind the wall) with:
 1 Toilet paper holder and 1 spare
 1 Lavatory brush
 1 storm grip mounted in the area between WC and wash basin
 1 Toilet cabinet with mirror door, integrated fluorescent fixture and socket for shaver
220V
 1 Wall‐mounted ashtray
 1 towel rod (both sides fixed at the wall)
 3 Coat hooks mounted in the area of the door
 1 Alarm loud speaker in the ceiling
Public Toilets
- Vacuum type toilets
- Wash basins to be equipped with S‐trap, pop‐up plug
- A removable panel to be installed behind the toilet unit.
- Sanitary units will be equipped with:
 1 White European type WC with cover and toilet tank (behind the wall)
 1 Washbasin with mixing battery and plug with chain
 1 Mirror and mirror lamp
 1 Alarm loud speaker in the ceiling
 1 Hand grip
 1 Soap tray
 1 Coat hook
 1 Toilet roll holder
 1 Wall‐type ashtray
 1 Spare toilet roll holder
 1 Hand towel dispenser and refuse bin
 1 Lavatory brush
 1 Storm grip between WC and wash basin

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

582 - Sanitary discharge systems, accommodation drainage systems

- One vacuum system with two vacuum units, one sewage treatment plant with two discharge
pumps, one running, one standby.
- Sewage overboard to be arranged below ballast load line.
- Grey, Black and drain pipes from accommodation space not pass through fuel oil and other
tanks.
- Routing of the blackwater pipes through cabins and public spaces (i.e. mess rooms) ceilings,
to be avoided by considering a routing through the corridor as far as possible.
- By‐pass of black and grey water to be possible for maintenance service.
- 1''valve for flushing the sewage plant tank with seawater.
- The sanitary drainage shall be divided into the sewage and grey water system as follows:
Sewage Plant
- The sewage treatment plant should be USCG and EC type approved.
- A biological type sewage treatment plant for 25 persons is installed with following capacities:
 hydraulic load – 3.75 m³/day
 organic load –2.34 kg/day
- One sewage discharge pump will draw from the sewage water tank and discharge to over
board or to shore connection.
- A sewage holding tank to be provided with separate sewage discharge pump with shore
connection.
- Black water to be treated in the sewage plant with by‐pass and to be collected in a system
separately from grey water.
- Necessary vent pipes are to end above wheelhouse top level.
Grey water
- Drainage from wash basins, sinks, scuppers, etc. to sewage plant
- Grease traps for galley sinks to be provided.
- The sewage shall be discharged overboard through sewage treatment plant, to sewage
holding tank or directly and can also be discharged to the shore connections on upper deck.
- Drain pipes from wash basins, sinks, showers etc. are to be routed to collecting pipes leading
to the last chamber of the sewage treatment plant.
- An overboard bypass to be provided.
- Water from the galley area to be collected and conducted to a grease trap by a separate
system.
- Treatment room drained to overboard.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Building Spec. – Part 6 - 82 page 1of 43 Drw.-No. 3312-0100-0010-CH4

3,100 TEU
Container Vessel

Type

RUBY 3100 neptun

Version: CH4
SFI GROUP SYSTEM

Part 1 – GENERAL
Part 2 – HULL
except 27 (PAINT)
Part 27 – PAINT

Part 7 – SYSTEMS FOR MACHINERY MAIN COMPONENTS


2021‐10‐12
NSD Rostock/Germany


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

6 - Machinery Main Components ................................................................................ 4

60 - Diesel Engine for Propulsion ............................................................................ 4
601 - Diesel engines ............................................................................................ 4
63 - Propellers, Transmissions, Foils ...................................................................... 5
631 - Fixed propeller plants incl. nozzles............................................................. 5
636 - Spare propellers ......................................................................................... 7
64 - Boilers, Steam & Gas Generators .................................................................... 8
641 - Main boilers ................................................................................................ 8
65 - Motor Aggregates for Main Electric Power Production................................... 10
651 - Motor aggregates ..................................................................................... 10
66 - Other Aggr. & Gen. for Main & Emergency el. Power Production .................. 11
665 - Harbour & emergency aggregates w/equipment ...................................... 11
7 - Systems for Machinery Main Components .......................................................... 12
70 ‐ Fuel Systems ..................................................................................................... 22
701 ‐ Fuel oil transfer & drain systems ................................................................... 22
702 ‐ Fuel oil purification plants ............................................................................ 23
703 ‐ Fuel oil supply systems ................................................................................. 24
71 ‐ Lube Oil Systems ............................................................................................... 25
711 ‐ Lube oil transfer & drain systems .................................................................. 26
712 ‐ Lube oil purification plants............................................................................ 26
72 ‐ Cooling Systems ................................................................................................ 27
721 ‐ Sea water cooling system ............................................................................. 27
722 ‐ Fresh water & other cooling system............................................................... 28
73 ‐ Compressed Air Systems .................................................................................... 29
732 ‐ General purpose air systems for engine room (low pressure) ........................... 30
74 ‐ Exhaust Systems & Air Intakes ............................................................................ 30
743 ‐ Exhaust gas systems for propulsion machinery ............................................... 30
744 ‐ Exhaust gas systems for motor aggregates ..................................................... 31
745 ‐ Exhaust gas systems for boiler....................................................................... 32
747 ‐ SCR system for NOx reduction ....................................................................... 32
75 ‐ Steam, Condensate & Feed Water Systems .......................................................... 33
751 ‐ Primary full pressure steam systems .............................................................. 33
755 ‐ Primary condensate systems ......................................................................... 33
756 ‐ Primary feed water systems .......................................................................... 33
76 ‐ Distilled & Make‐Up Water Systems .................................................................... 35
761 ‐ Freshwater production system ...................................................................... 35
79 – Automation System for Machinery – see extra Part ............................................. 35
8 - Ship Common Systems ....................................................................................... 36
80 - Ballast & Bilge Systems, Gutter Pipes outside Accommodation .................... 36
801 ‐ Ballast systems ............................................................................................ 36
802 Tank Control & Measurement System........................................................... 37
803 - Bilge systems ........................................................................................... 38
804 - Drain pipes outside accommodation ........................................................ 39
81 - Fire & Lifeboat Alarm, Fire Fighting & Wash Down Systems ......................... 39

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

811 - Fire detection, fire & lifeboat alarm systems ............................................. 39
813 - Fire/wash down syst., emergency fire pumps, sprinkler syst. ................... 39
815 - Fire fighting systems - CO2....................................................................... 41
82 - Air & Sounding Systems from Tanks to Deck ................................................ 43
821 - Air and overflow pipe systems .................................................................. 43
822 - Sounding system ...................................................................................... 43
86 – Electric Power Supply – see extra Part ......................................................... 43
87 – Common Electric Distribution Systems – see extra Part ............................... 43
88 – Electric Cable Installation – see extra Part.................................................... 43
89 – Electric Consumer Systems – see extra Part ................................................ 43

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

6 - Machinery Main Components

60 - Diesel Engine for Propulsion
601 - Diesel engines
- One 2‐stroke, cross‐head, reversible, electronically ignition‐controlled slow running diesel
engine, directly coupled to the shaft line, driving one fixed pitch propeller.
- Type and main parameter of engine – see table Part 1
- High pressure selective catalytic reduction (HPSCR) to be installed for NOx Tier III compliance.
(See Para.747).
- Compensator 2nd order – The possible preparation resp. use of chain‐driven compensator(s)
at fwd. and/or aft drive will be provided. The preparation can be omitted based on the
leading vessel’s sea trial results.
- Top bracings of frictional type to be installed acc. ME supplier’s recommendations.
- The main engine will be equipped with:
 One turbo charger, mounted on exhaust gas side.
 Charge air cooler
 Electrically driven air blowers
 Air filters and cleaning device for turbocharger
 Electric turning gear with starting interlock and remote control box with heavy duty
flexible cable – 20 m length
 Oil mist detector
 Sensors for alarm and monitoring in accordance with the class requirements for
periodically unmanned machinery space
 Bearing wear monitoring system and main bearing temperature sensors
 Water in lube oil monitoring system
 PMI auto‐tuning system with computer and printer
 Flexible expansion joints for exhaust gas outlet and LO outlet
 Turning and tuning wheel to be dimensioned acc. torsional vibration calculation
results
 Axial vibration damper
- Other accessories/provisions/fittings as per M/E maker’s project guide and maker’s Extend of
Delivery for basic supplies
- Scavenge air space fire extinguishing with CO2
- Spare Parts and Tools
 Spare parts for the main engine will be delivered according to class and
manufacturers recommendation and stored and secured in a proper way.
 Storage positions for a. m. spare parts are prepared.
 Special tools for maintenance of main engine and turbo charger including hydraulic
tools according to ME supplier’s requirements to be supplied.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

63 - Propellers, Transmissions, Foils

631 - Fixed propeller plants incl. nozzles
Shafting Calculations
- Engine maker will perform a torsional vibration calculation and shaft alignment calculation,
based on yard’s shafting arrangement, to determine:
 barred speed range including misfiring of one cylinder
 Possible slope in aft stern tube bearing
 Distance between shaft bearings
- Yard will co‐ordinate with ME supplier to find the optimized barred speed area following the
sequence below:
 barred speed range and location acceptable
 modification of the shaft line diameters and intermediate shaft material to shift the
barred speed range to a more convenient field or/and
 modification of the tuning wheel and/or turning wheel moments of inertia to shift
the barred speed range to a more convenient field (on expense of yard)
- A torsional vibration damper will be installed in case of barred speed range is not in the ship
navigation speed ranges between slow and half ahead or between half and full ahead.
- The torsional vibration damper (if needed) has to be mounted by the engine maker before
workshop test.
- Zero‐Load bearings have to be avoided in cold and hot alignment calculation approaches.
- Further verification of the alignment condition should proceed with the vessel afloat with
superstructure in place.
Propeller
- A fixed pitch high‐skew propeller to be installed.
- The propeller diameter to be optimized for best efficiency, considering the pressure pulse
limits as given in Part 1.
- One (1) keyless fixed pitch propeller with skewed blades is to be provided
 Propeller speed at SMCR: 85 rpm
 Number of blades: 5
 Diameter: 7.1 m
 Rotation: Clockwise
 Material of blades and hub: Nickel aluminum bronze
 Blade manufacturing accuracy: ISO 484‐1 (2015) class 1
 Blade surface finish: Class 1
- Propeller shall be connected to the propeller shaft by keyless shrink connection.
- The propeller is equipped with a specially designed cap (or cap extension) to work efficiently
in combination with a rudder bulb (if any).
- Propeller dismantling shall be possible without removing the rudder, but cutting the rudder
bulb if necessary
- During ship construction the propeller is to be suitably protected to avoid damages.
- Blade surface finish is to be checked before delivery.
- Light Running Margin of propeller in service speed is within Maker’s recommendation of 4%
to 7 % according to model test result.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Shafting
- Shafting to consist of one intermediate and one propeller shaft.
- Both shafts are connected by flanges.
- The material of shafting to be high quality carbon steel or high quality alloy steel.
- Shaft diameters shall be finally determined by torsional vibration calculation.
Propeller Shaft
- One (1) propeller shaft of forged steel,
- The diameter in way of the aft stern tube bearing may be continuous up to the cone part.
- The propeller shaft can be dismantled to be pulled inside, turned and removed by temporary
cutout in shell.
- hydraulic shrink‐fit cone coupling shaft/propeller
- Flange connections between propeller and intermediate shaft with radial fit bolts.
- One slip ring for shaft earthing device will be provided.
Intermediate Shaft
- One (1) intermediate shaft of forged steel shall be provided.
- Flange connections between intermediate and propeller shaft and ME turning wheel flange
with radial fit bolts.
Stern Tube
- The stern tube shall be lined in a stern frame bossing and a forward boss (welded to a
bulkhead) by epoxy resin.
- The minimum permissible thickness of casting resin is to be given by the maker.
- The water tightness of the epoxy resin connection is to be checked when performing the
pressure test for Stern Tube Cooling Water Tank.
Stern Tube / Intermediate Bearings
- The bearing bushes to be of white metal lined cast iron, dimensioned to withstand bearing
pressure obtained by bending of the propeller shaft with propeller.
- Bearings will include aft stern tube bearing and either a forward stern tube bearing and/or an
intermediate bearing following maker’s alignment calculation.
- One temperature sensor (double) to be installed for aft stern tube bearing.
- The temperature sensor can be drawn out and replaced from engine room side.
- The lubrication of the bearings will be executed acc. shaft line supplier’s recommendations,
considering the lowest possible speed of the main engine as well as possible limitation given
for the aft stern tube bearing.
- Intermediate shaft bearing (if applicable) is to be of self‐lubricated type and water cooled.
- A wear down measuring device for the stern tube bearing is to be provided.
- Temperature of stern tube bearing to be displayed by AMS in ECR.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- High temperature of the ST bearing is to activate the ME slowdown with proper alarm.
- The sensor is to be checked before inserting the propeller shaft.
Stern Tube Seals
Aft Seal
- The sealing system to be of air space seal type for compliance with EAL of US EPA.
- An aft stern tube seal of anti‐pollution type.
- The Liner for the aft seal shall be Chrome steel or equivalent.
- Viton lip sealing rings (4 rings) to be provided.
- The Aft seal assembly is fitted with necessary monitoring tank and sensors acc. suppliers
standard
- Renewing of stern tube sealing rings to be possible without disconnecting the shafting or
propeller.
- All bolts and nuts for the aft sealing to be of stainless steel.
- The housing of the aft seal is to be of seawater resistant bronze.
- Aft seal to be protected by a bolted steel rope guard.
- Net cutter to be provided
Fwd. Seal
- A forward stern tube seal with Viton lip sealing rings (2 rings) to be provided.
Spare Parts and Tools
- Spare parts for the power transmission will be delivered according to class requirements and
manufacturer’s standard.
- Special tools for maintenance of propeller, shafting and seals including hydraulic tools
according to maker’s requirements are to be supplied.
636 - Spare propellers

- None.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

64 - Boilers, Steam & Gas Generators

641 - Main boilers
- Sufficient steam shall be supplied at normal sea service and in port to keep the minimum
pump temperature for the activated and designated F.O. tanks.
- One (1) vertical composite boiler with oil‐fired and exhaust gas sections, as cylindrical smoke
tube type with common steam drum, utilizing exhaust gases of main engine only
- Three(3) separate vertical exhaust gas economizers each for one auxiliary engines as
cylindrical smoke tube type, connected to the common steam drum of the composite boiler
by forced circulation
- The roughly estimated evaporation capability under ISO conditions is as follows:
Service Speed on Tdesign1kn 18.4 17.7 17.0 15.0
Rating of ME 90% SMCR 80% SMCR 71% SMCR 51% SMCR
possible Steam production 1,500 900 800 890
ME kg/h
possible Steam production 3 x 350 3 x 350 3 x 350 3 x 350
AE 1 ‐ 3 (85%) kg/h
possible Steam production 2,200 1,950 1,850 1,940
total kg/h
Steam demand kg/h 2,000 1,900 1,800 1,900
Discrepancy kg/h

Composite Boiler
- The oil‐fired section produces steam passing smoke tubes expanded in the common steam
drum.
- The common steam drum has a capacity to handle the total steam amount produced by the
exhaust gas sections of composite boiler (main engine related to 90 % SMCR) and by the
separate economizer of auxiliary engine (related to 85% rating).
- Technical Data:
 Evaporation ME exh. gas: approx. 1.5 t/h
 Evaporation oil‐fired: approx. 2.0 t/h
 Feed water temperature: 85°C
 Steam state: 0.7 MPa (working) saturated
- with automatic combustion control device and feed water control device (continuous
control,on/off control for back up)
- The oil burner to be fully automatic in operation except for cold starting on MGO.
- The oil burner will be designed as rotary cup burner.
- If the water pressure in the hot water circulation system drops below a preset value, the oil
burner will start automatically to add sufficient steam for the necessary purposes
- Permanent Exhaust gas boiler regime for ME‐rating below 40% SMCR to be observed
carefully due to danger of insufficient self‐cleaning capability by very low exhaust gas
velocities.
- The boiler can run in dry condition in emergency case
- Boiler to be cleaned by using the provided brush or water washing lance.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Exhaust Gas Economizer
- The exhaust gas pipe of one auxiliary engine is separately connected to one exhaust gas
economizer.
- Exhaust gas economizer has smoke tubes with forced circulation of water by hot water
pumps
- The heated water is led to the common stream drum of the composite boiler
- Permanent exhaust gas boiler regime for AE‐rating below 40% MCR to be observed carefully
due to danger of insufficient self‐cleaning capability by very low exhaust gas velocities.
- The exhaust gas economizer to be provided with u‐tube manometers and thermometers
(in/out).
- The boiler can run in dry condition in emergency case
- Boiler to be cleaned by using the provided brush or water washing lance.
- If possible, economizer may have integrated silencer for overall sound reduction of 35 dB.
Feed Water Pumps
- See item 756
Hot Well Tank
- Hot condensate is returned to the hot well tank from the service steam drain system.
- Service steam condensate which might be polluted by oil must pass an observation tank,
designed for efficient separation and detection of possible oil leaks to prevent pollution of
the boiler, before entering the hot well tank.
- Oil in water detector to be provided with alarm to ECR.
- Make‐up water is added to the hot well tank from the feed water storage tank, which is
located to provide sufficient static head.
- Heating of the tank is to be arranged, e.g. by means of direct steam injection.
- This is to maintain a high operation temperature (approx. 85‐90 °C) and to ensure proper
thermal de‐aeration of the make‐up water and condensate, so that the need for dosage of
oxygen scavenging chemicals is reduced.
Further parts of the boiler system
 Dump condenser/Condensate cooler
 Sample Cooler
 Chemical soot cleaning unit
 Boiler soot collecting tank (capacity 1.5 m³)
 Feed water treatment unit
 Feed water salinometer to be provided with salinity high alarm to ECR.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

65 - Motor Aggregates for Main Electric Power Production

651 - Motor aggregates
Diesel Generator Engines
- Four (4) diesel engines to be of four‐stroke, medium speed, in‐line, single acting, trunk piston,
turbo‐charging and charge air cooling type.
Supplier Type Frequency Output total Rating Speed SFOC*
MAN or
4 x 7L21/31 60 Hz 4x1,463kWe 5,852 kWe 900 196.0
equivalent
* at 100% load under ISO‐conditions for MGO incl. attached pumps
(excl. + 5% engine suppliers tolerance)

- Power Supply philosophy as follows:
normal Regime with Single Failure
Stand‐by (one GenSet)
Spec. el. Pcs. Rating Sum Pcs. Rating Sum
Power (kW) (kW) (kW)
Power Supply Demand
Ship’s load at Sea 915 915
Reefer container 5.5 500 2750 2750
CH ventilation for 1.3 186 242 242
Reefer container
Total demand 3907 3907
Bow Thruster 1200 1 1200
Total demand incl. B/T 5107
active GenSet power 1463 4 66.8% 3908 3 89.0% 3907
Bow Thruster 1463 4 87.3% 5108

- All values in the table above to be adjusted acc. final electrical balance sheet
- Each Diesel engine and generator shall be installed on a common bedplate resiliently
mounted and with all flexible piping connections etc. according to engine manufacturer’s
requirements.
 Generator type: Drip‐proof, self‐ventilated (with washable type air filter)
 Voltage: AC 450 V
 Phase: 3 PH
 Frequency: 60 Hz
 Power factor: 0.8
 Rating: Continuous at full load
 Insulation: Class "F"
 Exciting system: Brushless, self‐excitation
 Protection: IP 23
- The engines are to be of four‐stroke type, turbocharged, with direct injection, internal fresh
cooling water and lubrication oil systems.
- Each engine together with its generator is mounted elastically to the ships structure.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Each engine is to have attached cooling water circulating pumps and internal temperature
control equipment.
- Electric cooling water pre‐heating and automatic pre‐lubricating equipment are to be
provided.
- Each engine is equipped with a lubrication oil filter.
- Selective catalytic reduction (SCR) to be installed for each diesel engine to be in compliance
with NOx Tier III (See Para.747) .
66 - Other Aggr. & Gen. for Main & Emergency el. Power Production
665 - Harbour & emergency aggregates w/equipment
Emergency Diesel Engine
- One (1) four‐stroke, single acting, trunk piston, turbocharged and radiator‐cooled marine
diesel engine coupled to a generator is to be installed.
 Generator type: Drip‐proof, self‐ventilated
 Generator output: abt. 175 kWe
 RPM: 1,800 min ‐1
 Voltage: AC 450 V
 Phase: 3 PH
 Frequency: 60 Hz
 Power factor: 0.8
 Rating: Continuous at full load
 Insulation: Class "F"
 Exciting system: Brushless, self‐excitation
 Protection class: IP23
 Cooling system: Fan‐cooled radiator
 Starting system: electrical starting device
 Fuel oil viscosity: MGO
- Diesel engine and generator are resiliently mounted on a common base frame and provided
with flexible pipe connections.
- The generator set is mounted to the ship’s structure according to manufacturer’s instructions.
- A secondary start system as per class requirements and maker’s standard is to be provided.
- The emergency generator shall be supplied with diesel fuel oil from an independent fuel tank
of sufficient capacity to satisfy the requirements of SOLAS II‐1 Regulation 43.
- An electric pre‐heater for cooling water is to be provided.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

7 - Systems for Machinery Main Components

Piping Workmanship and Arrangement

- Material and dimensions of pipe, valve, flange etc. shall generally be manufactured in
accordance with KS or JIS or GB or ANSI or the builder's standard except otherwise special
hereinafter.

Fabrication
- Bending radius acc. yard’s production standard.
- In cases where welding after galvanizing is unavoidable as under mentioned, the external of
the damaged parts to be touched up with two (2) coat of zinc solution paint, and internal
parts to be touched up with the same paint as far as practicable.

Arrangement
- Arrangement of piping should allow free access for operation, maintenance and survey and
clear access to all doors and manholes.
- All vent pipes, sounding pipes, measuring pipes, filling pipes, suction pipes of ballast tanks to
avoid passing through fuel oil tanks or F.W. tanks
- Piping is to be designed with allowance for their thermal expansions and hull distortions,
Elbows, loops or compensators should be used.
- As far as possible pipes shall be mounted in strait lines, without water traps and air pockets,
with minimum number of bends and sufficient number of joints.
- No piping to be led above the main switchboard in ECR. And the pipes above electrical
equipment to be without flanges or couplings.
- Fuel piping shall be led in safe distance from hot surfaces.
- Overboard discharges to be so arranged to keep clear of accommodation ladder,
embarkation ways, load line markings and lifeboat launching ways.
- Black water and Grey water discharges to be arranged as aft as practicable and away from
any sea water intake.
- Clearance to be left around all valves, fittings to allow overhauling/cleaning without
removing any piping, for strainers as far as practicable.
- All welded pipes located inside duct keel and on main deck to be fitted with their welding
seams on upper side.

Material
- The thickness and the production of the galvanized layer of pipes to be per ISO 1461.
- Securing clamps and bolts/nuts shall be galvanized.
- SUS 304 as Stainless steel Standard except where SUS316 is specially mentioned.
- The material of pipes, flanges, valves, cocks and fittings to be in accordance with the Chinese
standard (GB, CB, CBM) and the manufacture’s standard.
- The flange connections to be of ISO standard.

Protection
- Water splash protection must be provided for piping above other electrical parts.
- LO/Fuel Flanges to be sealed by spray proof sheets per SOLAS regulations.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Prior to filling up piping shall be cleaned and flushed, in accordance to Makers
recommendations and guidelines.
- At building stage plastic covers to be used in order to protect the pre‐outfitted pipes from
entrance of foreign materials.

Accessories
- Piping shall be provided with cocks or drain plugs for draining as necessary.
- Drain cock (or drain valve) to be fitted in the lowest point of pipes where liquid is likely to
accumulate and especially for the main deck to avoid water freezing during winter / cold
atmosphere.
- Only one kind of grease nipple (flat type) to be applied for the whole vessel.
- Pockets of local temperature indicator, remote temperature sensor, steam valves sensor to
be arranged close to suction pipes of each HFO daily/settling tanks.

Labeling
- Valve name plate with black engraved letter to be fitted to all valves on the handle or other
suitable / nearby place.
- Name plate Brass or as per the Builder’s standard.
- To point out the medium flowing through pipes colored vinyl tapes or paint are to be used.
- International Standard ISO 14726‐1 to be used for marking the piping.

Penetration
- Penetration pieces of galvanized pipes to be as per Builder’s standard.
- All shipside valves to be fitted rigidly to the shell plate with a hot‐dip galvanized distance
piece of Sch.160 with max. 16mm thickness.

Insulation
- Piping with surface temperature exceeding 60°C to be adequately insulated preferably by
half type insulation pieces as far as practicable, except exhaust pipes
- Flanges to be insulated by insulation mats.

Pipe Holders
- If many pipes lay out in parallel, common group pipe holder to be used.
- Corrosion endangered securing clamps and bolts/nuts to be galvanized.
- Air vent pipes through exposed decks to be connected to the penetration piece with flange
acc. yards fabrication standard and according to the requirement of Class.
- If necessary for reasons to be declared penetrating piece through insulated bulkhead to be
sufficient length to permit access to flange connections without dismantling the insulations.
- Pipe support to be lined with synthetic rubber for copper pipes and plastic pipes (PVC) so as
not to directly contact with steel pipes on open deck and indoor area, etc.
- In case that expansion joints are arranged, longitudinal direction pipes to have sliding pads.

Pipe Cleaning and Flushing:
- For proper preventation for rusting, the following pipes shall be blow out with compressed
air and oiled inside before installation on board:
 L/O pipes except drain pipes and air vent pipes
 Fuel oil service pipes for main engine, diesel generator engine and auxiliary boiler

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 Hydraulic oil steel pipes. Mentioned piping system shall be flushed / cleaned after
completion of the piping system on board.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Velocities in Piping Systems
Velocities for Oil

1 2 4 6 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 20 40 6 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 [m³/h]
1 2 4 6 8 0
1
3,5
3,0
2,5
2,0 A
1,5
B
1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0
,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 700
s]/
A= St., black – Pressure Line
B= St., black – Suction Line

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Velocities for Water (in Ballast, Bilge, Fire Fighting Systems)
1
10
20
40
60
80
100
200
400
600
800
1000
8
[m³/h]
3,5
3,0 A
2,5 B
2,0
1,5
1,0
0,9
0,8
[m/s]
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 700

Material : A = St. galv. - Pressure Line
B = St. galv. - Suction Line

- For GRP piping the velocities can be one m/s higher than for steel, galv. as mentioned in the
table above.
Velocities for Water (in Cooling Systems)
1
10
20
40
60
80
100
200
400
600
800
1000
6
8
[m³/h]
3,5 A
3,0 B
2,5 C
2,0 D
1,5
1,0
0,9
0,8
[m/s]
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 150 200 300 400 500 700
Material : A = CuNi10FE - Pressure Line

B = CuZn20Al - Pressure Line
C = St, black or galv. - Pressure Line
D = All Material - Suction Line


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Specification of Materials for Piping and Valves – Part 1
System Piping Valve
Material
Bore Material Wall Type Body *) Seat *) Disc *) Stern *)
Thickness
Sea‐water galv. steel Sch.80 butterfly NiAl bronze NiAl NiAl stainl. st.
cooling globe or Phosphore bronzeor bronzeor bronze
Bronze Phosphor Phosphore
e Bronze Bronze
Fire and deck galv. steel Sch.80 butterfly cast iron, rubber cast iron stainl. st.
wash, Hydrants bronze bronze bronze bronze
ER‐side
Heating seamless Sch.40
coils steel
Fresh‐water galv. steel Sch.40 butterfly cast iron NBR cast iron stainl. st.
cooling globe bronze bronze bronze bronze
Bilge
ER area steel galv. Sch.40 butterfly NiAl bronzeor NiAl NiAl bronze
outside ER GRP globe Phosphore bronzeor bronzeor
Bronze Phosphor Phosphore
e Bronze Bronze
oily bilge steel galv. Sch.40 globe bronze bronze bronze bronze
Ballast
ER area, galv. Steel; Sch.80 Butterfly NiAl bronzeor NiAl NiAl stainl. st.
outside ER, globe Phosphore bronzeor bronzeor
Sucker, Bronze Phosphor Phosphore
e Bronze Bronze
Fuel steel, Cast steel/
transfer; pickling Sch.40 butterfly nodular NBR steel stainl. st.
treatment globe cast steel stainless stainless
steel steel

Fuel supply steel, Sch.40 globe nodular cast stainless stainless stainl. st.
pickling, iron steel steel
flushing cast steel steel
Steel, Sch.40 butterfly Nodular cast NBR bronze stainl. st.
Lub. oil pickling, globe iron stainless stainless
flushing cast steel steel steel
Pressure copper
Gauges
(low
pressure)


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Specification of Materials for Piping and Valves – Part 2
System Piping Valves
Material
Bore Material Wall Type Body *) Seat *) Disc *) Stern *)
Thickness
Compr.‐H.P. air all size seamless Sch.40 cast or forged stainless stainless stainless
Compr‐L.P.air steel steel steel steel steel
Control air 10mm steel, pickling globe cast iron bronze bronze bronze
copper bronze
Exhaust steel, derusted, SGP
Gas painted
Cold and PE or PPR globe, ball brass, brass brass brass
Warm fresh Steel: cast iron brass brass brass
water Sch.40

Hydraul. 10  stainless‐steel, stainless stainless stainless stainless
Fluids flushing Sch.5s ball steel steel steel steel
Pneum. 8  stainless‐steel Sch.5s Ball or stainless stainless stainless stainless
Sensor lines or copper stop valve steel steel steel steel
or bronze or bronze or brass or bronze
Sewage galv.steel, Sch.40 ball, steel, steel steel steel
and globe, cast iron,
drains, Sch.40 gate cast steel bronze bronze bronze
Ship side Sch.80 storm /nodular cast
Valves iron
Scupper galv. steel Sch.40 globe cast iron bronze bronze bronze
Lines
Deck galv. steel Sch.40 or globe cast iron bronze bronze bronze
Drains per rules
Air Galvanized spiro‐
Ducts loose ducts or
galv. steel
Refrigerant copper, cleaned globe cast iron bronze bronze bronze
Lines or bronze
CO2 steel in E.R. Sch.40
‐ ext. lines galv. steel
in holds
Air and steel in oil tanks; Sch.40 or
sounding pickling per rules
Pipes galv. steel
in water
tanks
Boiler Blow Off Galv. Steel Sch.40 globe Cast Steel Steel Steel Steel
- Bronze is an alloy within DIN 1705 or equivalent
- Viton for butterfly valves above 80º C
- Valve seat of butterfly valves used in fire main system to be made from suitable material
approved by Class in accordance with Class Rules.
- Non‐return shut‐down valves can be used instead of butterfly / non‐return valves.
- Seamless steel pipes ≤ DN500> welded steel pipes
- Only semi lug/lug type butterfly valves will be used
- Flange‐connected galvanized steels suckers for ballast and bilge lines

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- All heat tracing pipes for HFO and sludge pipes to be copper pipes with copper sleeves
welded.
- Plastic pipes can alternatively be used in accommodation area.
Pumps
- Centrifugal pump:
 Centrifugal pumps shall be of high efficient type and fitted mechanical seal, except for
main LO pumps, which to be per maker standard.
 Pump casing of bigger pumps to be of horizontal or vertical spitted type.
- Gear pump:
 Casing: Cast iron
 Shaft and gear: Carbon steel
 Sealing: Mechanical seal
- Piston pump:
 as per maker's standard
 used as oily bilge pump and sludge pump
- Ballast pump:
 Centrifugal, vertical, single stage, self‐priming
 Electric motor (Single speed)

 Casing of bronze, impeller of phosphor bronze and shaft of stainless steel
 Ballast stripping eductor:
 120 m3/h, driven fluid from bilge, fire and G/S pumps,
 Ductile cast iron body and stainless steel nozzle
 Bilge and G/S pump:
 Centrifugal, vertical, self‐priming
 Electric motor driven,
 Casing of bronze, impeller of phosphor bronze and shaft of Stainless steel
 Sea water pumps to operate at no more than 1800 rpm, except for em’cy fire pump and anti‐
heeling pump
 Main L.O. pumps to be fitted with bearings acc. Maker´s standard.
 Fuel oil supply and circulating pumps mechanical seals to be of Magnetic coupling.
 The ball bearings used in pump shall be interchangeable with international standard.
 Pump construction, material, accessories, spares and tools shall be provided in accordance
with the manufacturers standards. The construction material and accessories for pump being
attached to other machinery such as main engine, generator engine, freshwater generator
etc. shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s standard practice.
 Mechanical seal to be applied for all of the pumps except for pumps which supplied by maker
as a package (built‐in).


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Specification of Materials for Heat Exchangers

Heat transfer Type Material
from/ to Shell/Frame Tube/Plate
Freshwater
to Plate Steel Titanium
Seawater
Freshwater
to Plate Steel Stainless steel
Freshwater
Main lub. oil
cooler Plate Steel Stainless steel
 The thickness of the Titanium plates to be minimum 0.5mm.
 The cleanliness factor to be 85 % for plate type cooler, 80 % for shell‐tube type cooler and 90%
for oil & water heaters.
 All heat exchangers should be fitted with temperature and pressure gauges at both suction &
discharge of both media and with safety valve.
 The steam heaters to be insulated with glass or rock wool and covered with galvanized steel
plate.
 The material for steam to freshwater to be:
Tubular type cooler and condenser:
Shell: Steel plate or steel pipe
Tube: Aluminium brass
Tube sheet: Naval brass
End cover: Steel plate or cast iron with tar epoxy coating
Tubular type heater:
Shell: Steel pipe
Tube: Steel
Tube sheet: Mild steel
End cover: Steel plate


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Copper
Nominal Size Outer Diameter Wall Thickness
(mm) (mm) <30bar <70bar <140bar
4 6 1.0 ‐ ‐
5 8 1.0 ‐ ‐
6 10 1.2 2.0 3.0
8 12 1.2 ‐ ‐
10 15 1.6 2.3 4.0
15 20 1.6 3.0 5.0
20 25 1.6 3.5 6.0
25 30 1.6 4.0 ‐
32 35 1.6 ‐ ‐
40 45 2.0 ‐ ‐
50 55 2.0 ‐ ‐

Stainless Steel
Nominal Size Outer Diameter Wall Thickness
(mm) (mm) Sch.5s Sch.10s Sch.20s
8 13.7 1.0 1.65 2.0
10 17.1 1.0 1.65 2.0
15 21.3 1.65 2.11 2.5
20 26.7 1.65 2.11 2.5
25 33.4 1.65 2.77 3.0
32 42.2 1.65 2.77 3.0
40 48.3 1.65 2.77 3.0
50 60.3 1.65 2.77 3.5
65 73.0 2.11 3.05 3.5
80 88.9 2.11 3.05 4.0
100 114.3 2.11 3.05 4.0
125 141.3 2.77 3.40 5.0
150 168.3 2.77 3.40 5.0
200 219.1 2.77 3.76 6.5
250 273.1 3.40 4.19 6.5
300 323.9 3.96 4.57 ‐


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

70 ‐ Fuel Systems
General
- The following systems shall be provided:
 Fuel Oil (FO) Storage and Transfer System
 FO Treatment System
 FO Service System
- All HFO pipes shall be insulated and provided with trace heating.
- Flanges shall be protected as per rule to avoid oil leakages onto hot surfaces.

701 ‐ Fuel oil transfer & drain systems
Bunker Stations
- Two bunker and transfer systems will be installed for HFO and MGO.
- Both types of Fuel can be loaded at manifold locations on main deck.
- Fuel oil bunker pipes to be sized as follows:
 for HFO‐bunker tanks with a bunker rate of approx. 250 m³/h at max. 6 bar ; Topping up
rate approx. 100m³/h
 for MGO‐bunker tanks with a bunker rate of approx. 50 m³/h at max. 6 bar
- Each shore connection has to be equipped with strainer, drain valve, manometer,
thermometer and sampling flange
FO Storage and Transfer System
- Four MGO storage tanks and four HFO bunker tanks to be provided.
- Different grades of HFO and MGO (low and normal Sulphur) can be stored separately, but
transferred by common lines.
- The fuel transfer lines to be laid in the pipe tunnel handled by fuel oil transfer pumps located
in engine room.
- Each HFO and MGO tank overflows to centralized Fuel overflow tanks in a closed system.
- Fuel oil transfer pipes to be sized as follows:
 for filling the HFO‐settling tanks within 8 hours each
 for filling the MGO‐daily tanks within 4 hours each
- The electro‐hydraulic or hydraulic operating valves and the transfer pumps to be remotely
controlled from ECR ship office and wheelhouse.
- Electric screw type transfer pumps shall be provided
 two for HFO
 one for MGO
- The HFO transfer pump will be able to transfer HFO from storage or overflow tanks to the
settling tanks and to other storage tanks or to the shore connection or from settling and daily
tanks to the shore connection.
- There is an automatic filling stop of HFO settling tanks.
- The MGO transfer pump will transfer MGO from storage to storage tank or to the shore
connection or from daily tanks to the shore connection.
- Two dedicated HFO storage tanks are connected to the MGO bunker system, but blind
flanged

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Each overflow and storage tank has a high level alarm.
- Only one vent pipe for each overflow tank to be arranged.
Settling tanks
- Each of both the different HFO grades can be treated separately by circulating from settling
tank via purifier to daily tank or consumers.
- Two HFO settling tanks shall be provided in order to keep fuels of different origin separately.
- The capacity of each settling tank corresponds with 16 hours fuel consumption to cope with
90% SMCR of ME and 100% MCR each of three AE’s.
- The minimum level in the settling tanks should be kept as high as to ensure that the
temperature will not drop down when tanks are filled with cold bunker.
- The suction pipe of the separator must not reach the sludge region.
- All suction bells inside tanks to be shifted in range of heating coils.
Tank heating system
- All HFO pipes shall be provided with heat tracing if not inside pipe tunnel.
- Steam heating coils of steel to be provided in HFO bunker and operational tanks.
- The HFO bunker and overflow tanks to be provided with steam heating coils dimensioned
that the tank content of two of the biggest tanks can be evenly heated to and kept at 40°C.
- The HFO settling tanks to be provided with heating coils dimensioned that the tank content
can be evenly heated to and kept at 70°C.
- The HFO daily tanks to be provided with heating coils dimensioned that the tank content can
be evenly heated to and kept at 90°C.
- The temperature sensors to be inside of tube pockets.
- Following another tanks are fitted with steam heating coils:
 Sludge tanks
 Dirty Oil Tank
 Oily water tank
 Bilge Water Settling Tank (“dirty side”)
 ME LO circulating tank (stainless steel heating coils with welded sleeves)
 ME LO Settling Tank
 FO leak Tank
- Heating surfaces to be dimensioned acc. to the following requirements:
 Heating of HFO storage tanks to 40°C in 48 hours
 Heating of HFO settling tanks from 40° to 70°C in 12 hours
 Maintaining HFO Daily Service Tanks temp. at 90°C
 Heating of sludge tank up to 60°C

702 ‐ Fuel oil purification plants
702.1 FO Treatment System
- The FO treatment equipment is capable for a capacity to cope with 90% SMCR of ME and 100%
MCR each of three AE’s.
- Two self‐cleaning HFO separators shall be provided with 100% capacity each.
- One MGO self‐cleaning separator shall be provided.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- The Purifiers are arranged in a separated space.
- Separators are to be equipped with an automatic program control for continuous de‐sludging
and monitoring.
- Separators are to be dimensioned according to manufacturer guidelines.
- Points for taking fuel samples are to be provided at settling tank outlet and downstream of
each separator to verify the effectiveness of these system components.
- Each purifier has to have its foundation made by yard/supplier
702.2 ‐ Sludge System
- A sludge tank with a capacity sufficient to accommodate all residues as per MARPOL
regulation shall be arranged.
- The heating should enable to keep the temperature at approx. 60°C.
- One sludge pump to be provided with sufficient capacity to discharge the sludge tank
amount within 4 hours.
- The drain system to be separated (water into bilge tank, oil into sludge tank)

703 ‐ Fuel oil supply systems
HFO/ MDO 3 way automatic change‐over valve in way of inlet of fuel oil boost unit for ME‐GE shall be
provided in local side of ER and indicating lamp shall be provided control room.
Flow meter reading (Booster Module HFO/MGO) connection to ECR to be provided.
Reference to be made to Para.747.
Daily service tanks
- Two HFO daily tanks and one MGO daily tank with capacity sufficient for minimum 8 hours to
cope with 90% SMCR of ME and 100% MCR each of three AE’s are to be provided.
- Level indicators of HFO daily tanks to be of heated type.
- MGO and HFO service tanks can be emptied by transfer pumps.
Booster Module HFO/MGO
- A closed pressurized system with a supply module shall be provided to supply treated FO
from day tanks to the main engine and the auxiliary engines.
- Separately FO supply system to be applied to boiler burner.
- The Booster module is capable for a capacity to cope with 90% SMCR of ME, and 100% MCR
each of three AE’s.
- For adjustment of viscosity while using LSMGO a cooler is provided forsupply module.
- Filter of booster module to be 10 μm.
- One completely assembled booster module is to comprise the following equipment:
 Two suction strainers,
 Two supply pumps of the screw type, equipped with built‐on safety valves and electric
motors,
 One pressure control/overflow valve,
 One pressurized de‐aeration tank, equipped with manually operated vent valve,
 Two circulation pumps, same type as supply pumps,
 Two heaters (one main, one stand‐by),
 One automatic back‐flushing filter with bypass filter, installed at cold side,

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 One viscosimeter
 One control for heaters,
 One thermostat for emergency control of heaters,
 Control cabinet(s) with starters for pumps, automatic filter and viscosimeter as
applicable,
 Alarm panel(s).
Separate Supply MGO
- In case of running separately some of the auxiliary engines with MGO (while the other AE’s
running on HFO) a dedicated supply pump can be used to suction MGO from the daily tank to
deliver to the auxiliary engine(s).
- A second MGO supply pump as stand‐by
- For adjustment of viscosity while using LSMGO a cooler unit is integrated in the back flow
line to the daily tank.
- A fine filter is integrated on the supply line
- Feeding of one of the two pumps from emergency switchboard
- One black‐out pump of air driven type for generator re‐start after black‐out.

71 ‐ Lube Oil Systems
General
- The LO systems are capable for a capacity to cope with 100% SMCR of ME and 100% MCR
each of three AE’s.
- Separate systems shall be arranged for main engine, auxiliary engines and stern tube.
- Storage tanks of sufficient volume are to be arranged for different types of oil.
- No oil pipes passing water tanks and water pipes passing oil tanks.
Main Engine LO and Treatment System
- A lub. oil circulating tank shall be arranged below the main engine with a cofferdam below
according to the rules.
- Lub. oil storage and service tanks to distinguish different grades of lub. oil are provided.
- The system shall be equipped with:
 Two electrically driven ME LO pumps (one as stand‐by pump)
 One self‐cleaning separator
 With one heater
 With one feed pump
 One cylinder oil transfer pump
 One cylinder oil hand pump
 One dirty oil pump
 One LO cooler of plate type (for 100% capacity + 15% margin)
 One electrically operated temperature control valve
 One automatic LO filter with back‐flushing and by‐pass filter
 One stuffing box drain tank according to makers recommendation
- It shall be possible to drain the tank by LO separators or the Dirty oil pump, which has a
spectacle flange in the suction side, to avoid back flow of dirty oil.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Diesel Generators LO and Treatment System
- The following equipment shall be built on each engine:
 Engine driven LO pump
 Pre‐lubricating LO pump
 Thermostatic valve
 Full‐flow depth filter
 Centrifugal filter
- Two auxiliary engines each shall have commonly one LO separator each for continuous
operation.
- The LO‐separator switches sequentially from one to the other auxiliary engine each.
- One of the electrically driven pre‐lubricating pumps is connected to the emergency
switchboard.
- The LO sump tanks of the AE’s can be drained by the dirty oil pump, which has a spectacle
flange for pollution protection.
Stern tube LO System
- The stern tube lubricating oil system will be arranged according to shaft seal maker’s
requirements.
- For the stern tube lubricating oil system following equipment will be provided:
 One (1) LO tank for the forward seal
 One (1) LO tank for the aft seal
 One (1) LO gravity pressure tank
 One (1) Stern Tube LO Drain Tank

711 ‐ Lube oil transfer & drain systems

- Bunker stations for different grades of LO are provided on main deck stb/ps.
- Storage tanks of sufficient volume are to be arranged for lub. oil of ME and AE.
- One LO Transfer pump AE (1.5m³/h, 2.5bar) to be provided for filling.
- Cylinder oil is stowed in separate low and normal sulfur cylinder oil tanks.
- One electrical driven cylinder oil transfer pump (2m³/h, 3bar) and one cylinder oil hand pump
(2m²/h) to be provided.
- Two (2) cylinder oil service tanks with level indication to be provided.
- A dirty oil tank is provided to take full amount of lub. oil fillings from ME and one AE.

712 ‐ Lube oil purification plants
LO Separators
- The purifiers are arranged in a separate space.
- Three self‐cleaning LO purifier shall be provided.
- Two of them are used as A/E LO purifier too.
- Separators to be equipped with an automatic program for continuous de‐sludging and
monitoring.
- Separators are to be dimensioned according to manufacturer guidelines.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Each purifier has to have its foundation made by yard/supplier and must have sufficient
height.
72 ‐ Cooling Systems

- The Machinery plant is cooled by a central cooling system.
- The cooling water equipment is capable for a capacity to cope with 90% SMCR of ME and 100%
MCR each of three AE’s.
- The cooling system is divided into three parts:
 Seawater Cooling System
 Low Temperature Fresh Cooling Water (LT FCW) System
 High Temperature Fresh Cooling Water (HT FCW) System
- The fresh water generator is heated by the HT‐cooling water system of the ME, if possible.
- Capacity of pumps and coolers acc. heat balance.

721 ‐ Sea water cooling system
Sea Chests
- One high and one low sea chest shall be arranged in the Engine Room.
- One sea water inlet is arranged in Bow Thruster room for feeding the forward Fire
extinguishing pump.
- The sea chests shall be connected by a sea water duct
- Each sea chest is to be provided with an air pipe for venting.
- Sea chests to be fitted with a grid of hinged type with stainless steel fastening bolts.
- The free area of grid holes shall be not less than four times the sectional area of the SW inlet
pipe.
- One branch pipe from the SW cooling water discharge overboard pipe to be returned to one
convenient sea chest.
- All sea chests have to full fill the underwater survey (IW) requirements of the Class.
- A Marine growth prevention system and cathodic protection shall be provided.
- MGPS to have a lifetime of at least five years.
- Sufficient aluminum anodes suitable for7.5 year life to be installed inside of the sea chest.
- Sea water sensor on sea water connection to be arranged for indicating sea water
temperature in ECR.
- One spare strainer net to be provided for sea chests.
Sea Cooling Water Pumps
- Two centrifugal sea cooling water pumps shall be provided in the Engine Room:
 one service pump with a capacity of 100%
 one stand‐by pump with a capacity of 100%
- The active sea water cooling pump is variable‐frequency controlled (VFC) via frequency
converter.
- The stand‐by pump can be activated in changing‐over the frequency control via VFC‐switch.
- The VFC is connected to the sea water circuit, reading‐out the sea water temperature to
control the sea water flow according preset temperature / volume flow characteristic.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Sea Water Filters
- Two filters shall be provided.
- The mesh size should acc. requirements of the relevant equipment suppliers.
- In front of the filters double‐flange flaps are arranged.
- These flaps can be closed remotely from upper platform deck near ME in case of emergency.
Central Coolers
- Two plate type central coolers (titanium, plate) for cooling the LT FCW system shall be
provided.
- Each central cooler has a capacity of %80 + %15 fouling margin.
- Coaming of sufficient size to be provided around the central cooler.
- The coolers are facilitated with a back‐flush circuit with a capacity of 50 – 60 % of the
nominal flow each.
- Each cooler to be provided with a strainer inside the SW‐circuit.
- An Oil detector for the LT cooling water system is implemented.

722 ‐ Fresh water & other cooling system
Fresh Cooling Water System
- The LT FCW system, 36°C, shall serve following components:
 Main engine HT cooler
 Main engine lubrication oil cooler
 Main engine scavenge air cooler(s)
 Nozzle and MGO cooler for Auxiliary engines, if applicable
 Generators for Auxiliary GenSets, if applicable
 A/C‐plant
 Dumping condenser/ Condensate cooler
- The HT FCW is a separate system and shall serve following components:
 Main engine cylinders
 Fresh water generator
 To avoid a thermal shock of the main engine the fresh cooling water inlet flow of the
fresh water generator is controlled by a three way control valve with sensor in HT‐
outlet line of ME.
 One HT cooling water pre‐heater (steam)
- LT FCW Pumps
 Two centrifugal vertical pumps (one active and one stand‐by) with a capacity of 100%
each shall be provided.
- One (1) harbour pump
- HT FCW Pumps
 Two centrifugal vertical pumps with a capacity of 100% each shall be provided, one of
them as stand‐by.
 One centrifugal circulating pump to serve the HT cooling water pre‐heater,
Pre‐heater
- The auxiliary engines have an electrical pre‐heater.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Preheating of the stand‐by auxiliary engine can also be realized by the running other auxiliary
engine(s).
Tanks
- one expansion tank for LT
- one expansion tank for HT ME
- one cooling water drain tank
Condense Water Tank
 One condense water tank in Double bottom collects the condense water from ME charging
air.

73 ‐ Compressed Air Systems
General
- Following compressed air systems to be provided:
 Starting Air System (working press. 30 bar)
 Working Air System (working press. 8.0 bar)
 Control Air System (working press. 8.0 bar)
Starting Air System
- The Starting air system is connected to the working air and control air systems via pressure
reduction stations.
Control Air System
- One topping up / emergency air compressor, 2‐stage, air cooled piston type, size sufficient
for control air consumption +10% shall be provided.
- This compressor is also serving the emergency air reservoir (cylindrical type), supplying air to
A/E for starting in dead ship condition within < 30 minutes.
- One air dryer of refrigerated type with filter to be installed.
Main Air Compressors
- Three main air compressors (water cooling type) supply two main air reservoirs, cylindrical
type and the emergency starting air bottle, supplying air to all consumers.
- Starting air reservoirs: 30.0 bar
- Emergency starting air reservoirs: 30.0 bar
- One main air compressor shall have the possibility to be supplied from the Emergency
switchboard.
- Drain from the compressors, air receivers, air dryers and any other components will be led to
bilge wells.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

732 ‐ General purpose air systems for engine room (low pressure)
Working Air System
- One working air compressor shall be provided.
- All connections in working air system to be provided with a ball valve and a quick‐coupling.
- The compressor has the following parameter:
 Type: Screw compressor
 Working Pressure: 8.0 bar
 Capacity: 200 m³/h
- Working air from compressor or starting air system with connections to following spaces, but
not limited to:
 Sea chests, reduced to 2.0 bar
 Separator area
 AC ventilation room
 Steering Gear Room
 Open deck
 Engine room workshop
 Electrical Workshop
 Galley
 ME both sides
 Each accommodation deck (P&S)
 Main deck stb, in way of each cargo hold
 Main deck – at Bosun store

74 ‐ Exhaust Systems & Air Intakes
743 ‐ Exhaust gas systems for propulsion machinery
Exhaust Gas System for Main Propulsion Engine
- Exhaust gas pipe from main engine to be led through the composite boiler.Exhaust gas pipes
to be of welded steel and provided with exhaust gas compensators made of stainless steel.
- Water trap in drain tank to be installed in M/E exhaust gas system to prevent the ingress of
water into the engine.
- All connections to main engine, compensators and economizer to be made with flanges.
- Back pressure to be calculated and adjusted to meet engine maker’s recommendation.
- The pipe end on funnel top is bended aft and designed to prevent soot of falling back into
the pipe.
- The upper funnel part is an open construction to use the ejector effect for the exhaust gas
release.
- Compensator between M/E outlet and M/E exhaust gas pipe to be as per maker’s design.
- A soot remover connection to be provided in the M/E exhaust gas pipe before composite
boiler inlet.
Exhaust Gas Silencer for Main Propulsion Engine
- Sound reduction to be minimum 25 dB.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- The exhaust gas section of composite boiler may be assumed to achieve the given sound
reduction
Insulation of Exhaust Gas Pipes
- The exhaust gas system is to be thermally and acoustically insulated from the ship structure.
- Insulation is to be carried out to ensure a surface temperature below 60°C.
- Exhaust gas pipes and silencer to be insulated with 75 mm mineral wool and covered by 0.8
mm galvanized steel plates.
- Compensators are to be insulated by pads of heat resistant material for easy dismantling.

744 ‐ Exhaust gas systems for motor aggregates
Auxiliary Engine Exhaust Gas System
- Exhaust gas pipes from three auxiliary engines to be led through the economizers to the top
of funnel as straight as possible.Exhaust gas pipe of the remaining aux. engine to be led to
the top of funnel as straight as possible.
- Exhaust gas pipes to be of welded steel and provided with exhaust compensators of stainless
steel.
- Water trap in drain tank to be installed in each exhaust gas system to prevent the ingress of
water into the engines.
- All connections to engines, compensators and silencers to be with flanges.
- The pipe ends on funnel top are bended aft and designed to prevent soot of falling back into
the pipes.
Emergency Diesel Engine Exhaust Gas System
- Exhaust gas pipe from emergency diesel engine to be led horizontally through the silencer
out of the Emergency Generator Room
- Exhaust gas pipe inside Emergency Generator Room to be of welded steel, on open deck the
pipe is to be of stainless steel.
- Exhaust gas compensators of stainless steel to be provided.
- The exhaust gas system to be thermally and acoustically insulated from the ship structure.
- Water trap with drain cock to be installed in the exhaust gas system to prevent the ingress of
water into the engine.
- All connections to engine, compensators and silencer to be with flanges.
Exhaust Silencers for Auxiliary Engines
- Sound reduction to be minimum 35 dB.
- The separate economizer for auxiliary engine may be assumed to achieve the given sound
reduction.
Exhaust Silencer for Emergency Diesel Engine
- A silencer for the emergency diesel engine with spark arrester and soot trap shall be installed.
- Sound attenuation of the silencer to be minimum 20 dB.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Insulation of Exhaust Gas System
- The exhaust gas system to be thermally and acoustically insulated from the ship structure.
- All insulations shall ensure a surface temperature below 60°C.
- Exhaust gas pipes and silencers of auxiliary diesel engines to be insulated with 100 mm
mineral wool and covered by 0.8 mm galvanized steel plates.
- Exhaust gas pipe and silencer of emergency diesel engine to be insulated with 60 mm
mineral wool and covered by 0.8 mm galvanized steel plates.
- Compensators to be insulated by pads of heat resistant material for easy dismantling,
ensuring surface temperatures below 60°C.

745 ‐ Exhaust gas systems for boiler
Auxiliary Boiler Flue Gas System
- Flue gas pipe from oil‐fired section of composite boiler to be led to the top of funnel as
straight as possible.
- Flue gas pipe to be of welded steel, suitable for boiler’s flue gas temperature and provided
with exhaust compensators of stainless steel.
- The flue gas pipe to be thermally and acoustically insulated from the ship structure.
- All connections to boiler and compensators to be with flanges.
- The pipe end on funnel top is bended aft and designed to prevent soot of falling back into
the pipe.
- Flue gas pipe to be insulated with 60 mm mineral wool and covered by 0.8 mm galvanized
steel plates, ensuring surface temperatures below 60°C.

747 ‐ SCR system for NOx reduction
- To meet Tier III requirements for NOx emission per the MARPOL Annex VI regulations,
selective catalytic reduction (SCR) systems to be provided for ME and GEs.The system
consists of a Urea tank with cooling arrangement, SCR unit, Urea dosing equipment and SCR
cleaning system. The Urea solution dosing system to be made from material compatible with
the intended UREA solution, i.e. stainless steel 316.
- The blowing air for SCR reactor cleaning is to have quality per SCR maker standard.
- Operation with DMA& DMZ acc. ISO 8217‐2017 (MGO), Sulphur content max 0.1%.
- The cooling of urea solution storage tank to be implemented by sea water from central
cooling system with cooling coils made from duplex stainless steel.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

75 ‐ Steam, Condensate & Feed Water Systems
751 ‐ Primary full pressure steam systems
Composite Boiler/ Exhaust Gas Economizer
- A composite boiler with oil fired part and exhaust gas part(ME)and common steam drum to
be installed.
- Hot water circulation pumps (one active, one stand‐by) pressure the water through the
smoke‐tube exhaust gas boiler of the third AE to the common drum of the composite boiler.
- The boilers to be provided with u‐tube manometers and thermometers (in/out).
- Further parts of the boiler system are:
 Hot well tank with observation chamber, insulated
 Dump condenser/Condensate cooler (atmospheric condenser, horizontal tubular type,
cooled by fresh water)
 Two feed water pumps
 Two hot water circulation pumps with sufficient capacity to ensure proper forced
circulation between composite boiler steam drum and the economizer (one pump as
stand‐by)
 Sample Cooler
 Chemical soot cleaning unit
Steam lines
- Sufficient compensation for thermal expansion is to be considered.
- Steam lines are to be insulated to prevent heat losses.
Tank Heating
- See item 701

755 ‐ Primary condensate systems

- Hot condensate is returned to the hot well tank from the service steam drain system.
- Service steam condensate which might be polluted by oil must pass an observation tank
designed for separation and detection of possible oil leaks before entering the hot‐well tank.
- Make‐up water to the hot‐well tank is added from FW system.
- Heating of the tank is to be arranged by direct steam injection to maintain a high operation
temperature and to reduce dosage of oxygen scavenging chemicals.

756 ‐ Primary feed water systems
Feed water pumps
- Two multi‐stage feed water pumps of vertical centrifugal type are installed
- Feed water is supplied from the insulated hot well tank.
- One pump is operating and the other shall be automatically started in case of too low feed
water pressure.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Feed water system arrangement shall be based on constant feeding principle either by
regulating valve or by feed water pump (running/stop control).


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

76 ‐ Distilled & Make‐Up Water Systems
761 ‐ Freshwater production system
Fresh water generator
- One (1) fresh water generator to be provided having a capacity of 25 tons per day at 90%
SMCR, max. salinity 5ppm.
- The produced water to be led to the boiler feed water tank and to the freshwater storage
tanks.
- In case of excessive salinity, the distillate to be re‐circulated to the fresh water generator.
Sea Water Pump for Fresh Water Generator
- No.: 1
- Type: centrifugal, vertical

Hardening Unit
- No.: 1
- Capacity: 25 t / 24 hours
- Type: Dolomite Filter

79 – Automation System for Machinery – see extra Part

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

8 - Ship Common Systems

80 - Ballast & Bilge Systems, Gutter Pipes outside Accommodation
801 ‐ Ballast systems
Ballast Water Handling
- Two main ballast water lines will be located in the double bottom inside the ballast water
tanks with branch pipes to the adjacent ballast water tanks, enabling flexible Ballast water
transfer.
- The Ballast line valves are located in pipe tunnel or in cargo holds on double bottom.
- The arrangement of the ballast water system makes it possible to transfer Ballast water from
one tank to other tank(s) for heeling and trimming purposes.
- The two ballast water pumps are to be equipped with automatic self‐priming ejector/pump.
- The ballast water pumps have following main data:
 Capacity: 2 x 600 m³/h
 Head: 3.5 bar, considering additional Ballast water Treatment Plant back
pressure
- The valves in pipe duct and major valves in engine room shall be remotely controlled (valves
with hydr. actuator) from the control stations. One located in the ship office one located in
the ECR.
- Ballast stripping to be carried out by one ballast stripping eductor, 120 m3/h, driven fluid
from fire pump.
- The stripping lines are connected to the main ballast lines.
- All ballast tanks are connected to a centralized overflow system which permanently ensures
overflow of the ballast water via the aft central loop after having reached the common
equilibrium level between relevant ballast water tank(s) and central loop overflow.
- This principle avoids automatically that ballast water is pressed into the single air vents of
the ballast water tanks.
- The ballast water can be exchanged as follows:
 Side tanks, fore peak – sequential exchange method (one pump is pressing or suctioning)
 DB / Bilge – tanks – dilution method (one pump is pressing, the other suctioning)
Ballast Water Treatment
- A type approved Ballast Water Treatment unit (IMO‐res. MEPC 300(72) acc. Ballast Water
Convention resp. USCG) will be installed.
- use of active substances is not allowed
- The valves of the BWTP are manually controlled
- Capacity of ballast water treatment plant:
 Ballasting: 1x 750m³/h via 1. stage filtration and 2. stage UV disinfection
 De‐ballasting: 1,000m³/h via second stage only


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Automatic Heeling Control System
- A Control cabinet with start/stop facilities and pilot lamps indicating status of pumps and
valves to be fitted in the ship’s office.
- The system consists of two heeling tanks, one reversible in‐line propeller pump with pump
starter, Emergency stop, two butterfly valves etc.
- Capacity of propeller pump ‐ 600 m³/h – 1.5 bar

802 Tank Control & Measurement System
- Remote sounding to be arranged for the following tanks with online connection to the
loading computer:
 HFO bunker tanks
 HFO settling and daily tanks
 MGO bunker tanks
 MGO daily tanks
 BW tanks
 FW tanks
 FO overflow tanks
- Remote valve control and monitoring (filling and transfer) with open/close indication (direct)
to be arranged for the following tanks:
 HFO bunker tanks
 HFO overflow tanks (if not in Engine room area)
 MGO bunker tanks
 BW tanks
 Heeling system (Independent control system)
 Bilge system
- Remote valve control and monitoring (filling and transfer) with intermediate position control
and indication to be arranged for the following tanks , while the control valve is located in a
position not readily accessible safely:
 Main discharge valves for BW pumps
- Remote level measurement system and remote valve control system with following features:
 Three(3) work stations (located in ECR, Ship Office and WH respectively)
 All measured tank levels and remote controlled valve positions are to be shown on
AMS
 Data interface to loading computer
 Temperature of all HFO storage, HFO settling and HFO daily tanks are to be shown on
both PC
 Free programmable high high level alarm outputs for all fuel oil storage tanks and high
level alarm for overflow tank. High alarm outputs with level switches for all fuel oil
storage tanks.
 Density correction with manual adjustment
 Ballast operation (incl. start/stop of ballast pumps) can be done from the work station
in Ship Office
 Ballast‐, bilge‐, fuel‐ and other systems with remote controlled valves can be operated
from the work station in Ship’s Office.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Remote level measurement system and remote valve control system are to combined and
have to fulfill following features:
 Three (3) PC with TFT Monitors (one located in Ship Office, one located in ECR Office,
one located in wheelhouse)
- Remote tank gauging system to be interconnected and live feed to the Loading Instrument.
- Sensors for BW tanks and HFO bunker tanks should be located in duct keel or in the dry
space (not adjacent to duct keel) in general.

803 - Bilge systems
- The Bilge system should be clarified as per main divisions as follows;
 Main bilge line
 Bilge system for engine room
 Bilge system for cargo Hold
 Bilge system for fwd. ship
 one bilge ejector for dangerous good cargo
- The main and branch bilge lines for cargo holds to be laid in the pipe tunnel resp. ballast
water corridors and handled by bilge pumps located in engine room.
- The Bilge line valves are located in pipe tunnel or in cargo holds on double bottom.
- Bilges in steering gear room will be led to bilge well in engine room and fitted with self‐
closing cock.
- One (1) galvanized bilge main line shall be arranged in engine room and pipe duct with
branch suction lines to each bilge well in engine room and cargo hold.
- Two bilge wells fore should be arranged on each side in engine room and one aft.
- Two aft wells should be arranged in each hold in such a way to be always accessible.
- All cargo hold bilge wells with cleaning hand hole in lower stool.
- Bilge valves for cargo holds are remote operated (with hydr. actuator).
- Bilge valves in Engine Room are manual operated.
- One bilge pump and one Bilge /Fire pump, electrically driven centrifugal pumps, connected
to the main bilge line are arranged in engine room.
- The pumps are to be equipped with automatic self‐priming ejector.
- One ejector with a capacity of 30 m³/h (fire extinguishing – water driven) is connected to the
bilge line for the cargo holds to remove contaminated water.
- The Bilge ejector fore with a capacity of 5 m³/h is arranged in bow thruster room and is
connected to the bilge suctions of Bosun store, bow thruster room, Void Fore Peak and the
Chain lockers and discharge directly overboard.
- All bilge system level alarms to be connected to the Alarm and monitoring system of the
vessel.
- Level alarms to be installed in following areas:
 Bow Thruster / Emergency Fire Pump Room
 Pipe duct
- Cargo holds to be provided with water level detectors per Reg.II‐1/25‐1of SOLAS as amended
by MSC.482(13).


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- One Oily water separator with a capacity of 5 t/h (USCG approved) with 15 ppm alarm and an
automatic control is to be installed in the Engine Room.
- The engine bilge shall be emptied with the Daily bilge pump to the Bilge Water Settling Tank
or Bilge Water Holding Tank in double bottom.
- The Bilge Water Settling Tank is a cascade tank to separate oil from water by gravity.
- The oily water separator pump shall have a connection at the “clean side” of Bilge Water
Settling Tank and to the bilge water holding tank.
- After separation the separated water shall be automatically discharged to overboard or, if
the oil content is more than 15ppm, back to the Bilge Water Settling Tank/holding tank.
- The separated oil shall be automatically drained to the Sludge tank.
- Clean drains, such as condense from ME air cooler, are to be collected in the Scavenge air
condensate tank and can be discharged overboard directly through the discharge
arrangement with 15ppm oil detection and monitoring control system independent from the
system of oily bilge water separator.
804 - Drain pipes outside accommodation
- Scuppers sufficient in number and size shall be fitted in main deck and open decks above for
effective drainage of water according to class rules.
- Deck scuppers from all decks above the Main Deck are led to next deck below and to be
arranged well clear of entrances to accommodation.
- Scuppers, which are led outside from spaces below freeboard deck are to be fitted with non‐
return valves of automatic type acc.to class rules.

81 - Fire & Lifeboat Alarm, Fire Fighting & Wash Down Systems
811 - Fire detection, fire & lifeboat alarm systems
General
- type of fire extinguishing system:
 Cargo holds: Fixed CO2 system, Water hydrants
 Open deck cargo areas: Water hydrants, Water mist lance, and mobile water monitors
 Engine room: High Pressure fixed CO2 system, local water mist system,
waterhydrants and portable fire extinguishers
 Accommodation: Water hydrants and portable fire extinguishers.
 Paintlocker: independent CO2 system

813 - Fire/wash down syst., emergency fire pumps, sprinkler syst.

813.1 Fire Detection System
- The ship to be equipped with a non‐addressable fire detection and alarm system covering
engine rooms, corridors, wheelhouse etc.
- A conventional loop type fire detection system will be fitted in the accommodation alleyways,
staircase and engine room in accordance with class requirement.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- One (1) set of fire detecting and alarm system for the passage and stairway of
accommodation area, engine room and other machinery spaces shall be provided.
- Smoke detectors will be provided for accommodation spaces in accordance with specified
rules and requirements.
- Smoke detectors to also be installed in bosun store, galley, bow thruster room. Intrinsically
safe smoke detectors to be installed in paint store and battery room. To install opening alarm
sensor on the entrances from the upper deck to Bosun store and paint store (only for alarm
function, no control function).
- Heat type (maximum temperature) detector and/or smoke detector will be provided in the
engine room in accordance with the Builder's standard practice and class regulations.
- ER workshop fire detector to have time delay.
- The fire alarm signal to be sent to VDR.

813.2 Fire Alarm
- Manual operated push buttons for activation of fire alarm system will be installed in the
wheelhouse and near each escape door to the outside of the accommodation and engine
room.
- The alarm device of fire alarms will be used commonly with a general emergency alarm
system.
- The fire alarm signal can be distinguished from other alarms.
- Power system has to be 230 VAC from emergency switchboard and own 24 VDC battery.

813.3 Fire Pumps
- Fire pumps:
2 pc Bilge /Fire pump, electrically, self‐priming
 Suction from sea chest
1 pc Fire pump, self‐priming
 Electric motor driven
 Installed in bow thruster room
- The capacity of fire pumps shall be adequate to simultaneously operate the mobile water
monitors as specified in para. 813.6 and four(4) jets of water from fire hoses at the required
pressure values.
- The main fire pump shall have arrangement to start &Stop from following location along with
gauge indicating discharge pressure of the pump
 Local Fire Control station
 Wheelhouse
813.4 Fire Main
- A main fire and wash deck line shall be served by the Fire pumps and the Emergency fire
pump with branch pipes to each hydrant.
- Fire hydrants shall be arranged for exposed deck, living quarters and engine room.
- The arrangement of fire hydrants and provision of hoses and nozzles shall be in accordance
with the requirement of Rule.
- One (1) international shore connection shall be provided in compliance with the Rule
Requirements.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Branch lines from the main line shall be led to the following:
 Bilge ejector fore
 Anchor chain washing
 Bilge ejector ER
 Water ballast stripping ejector ER

813.5 Water Based Local Application Fire Fighting System (FWBLAFFS)
- A Water based local fire extinguishing system to be installed for:
 Main engine,
 Aux. engines
 Boiler (front side)
 Purifiers
- Release of the system:
 Manual, by pushbuttons located in protected areas and in Fire Safety station
 Automatic, either independent or via fire detection alarm system
- Signal of the system release to be as follows:
 Optical, via all signal columns in ER
 Acoustic, via sirens in protected areas
 In Fire Safety Station (control panel) and on Bridge Console (signaling lamp).
- Necessary alarms and status to be interfaced to AMS.
- The fire detection system to be independent to the ship’s fire detection as specified in 813.1
- The System to be powered by ESB.

813.6 Fire Protection Arrangement for open deck container stowage areas
- One (1) set of water mist lance consisting of a tube with a piercing nozzle which iscapable of
penetrating a container wall and producing water mist inside a confinedspace (container,
etc.) shall be provided. The water mist lance shall be connected to the fire main.
- Four(4) mobile water monitors type approved in compliance with MSC.1/Circ.1472, as well as
all necessary hoses, fittings and required fixing hardware shall be kept ready for use in a
location outside the cargo space area not likely to be cut‐off in the event of a fire in the cargo
spaces.
Each of the required mobile water monitors can be supplied by separate hydrants at the
pressure necessary to reach the top tier of containers on deck.
- The firemain for cargo areas is to be arranged per Class Rules for FCS(C) notation.
815 - Fire fighting systems - CO2

General
- The smoke tube fire detection and CO2 extinguishing system will be provided for monitoring
and supplying the cargo holds.
Smoke Detection and Alarm System
- Smoke detection for cargo holds in combination with the CO2 piping system

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- In case of smoke discovery in any cargo hold an alarm signal is actuated in the wheelhouse,
before CO2 valves are opened.
- Automatic smoke detecting system in cargo holds consisting of:
 Smoke detecting cabinet in CO2 Room
 Alarm box energized in case if smoke discovered in any hold, installed in the
wheelhouse
 For dedicated cargo holds the relevant alarm sirens to be activated
 Fan box containing two suction fans (one of them “stand‐by”)
 Suction pipes led‐in to each cargo hold.
 The same pipes to be used for CO2.
 Extinguishing in case of fire in particular hold
- Necessary alarms and status to be interfaced to AMS.
- The alarm signal shall be happened via the “E/R signaling and warning alarm system”.
- CO2 alarm signal to be connected E/R alarm
CO2 Extinguishing
- The fire extinguishing system is reliable for ambient air temperatures down to ‐30°C.
- Release of CO2 manually as follows for:
 Engine Room space from the Fire Safety Station
 Cargo Hold from the CO2 Room
 Paint store manually near the entrance
 Galley hood near the galley entrance
- CO2 release control relay box has one output contactor to emergency stop.
- When operator open the door of the remote release control box, the fans in engine room
should be cut off.
- One actuating switch in the CO2 release box in CO2 room / fire control station.
- This installation to be supplied from the 230V AC emergency network.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

82 - Air & Sounding Systems from Tanks to Deck

821 - Air and overflow pipe systems
- All ballast, bilge and fuel oil valves in engine spaces are manually controlled.
- Air vent pipes shall be fitted for water tanks, oil tanks, ballast tanks, voids etc. in accordance
with the requirements of the Class.
- The total sectional area of air pipes and overflow pipes shall be in accordance with the
requirements of the Class.
- All HFO tanks are connected to a common closed air vent and overflow line to FO overflow
tank.
- The MGO tanks have an own common air vent and overflow line to FO overflow tank.
- Both overflow systems are vented via air vent pipe of FO overflow tank.
- The overflow tank is to be fitted with a level alarm at abt. 1/3 height.
- Air vent pipes terminated above weather decks are to be fitted with type approved air pipe
heads.
- Air pipe heads from fuel tanks are fitted with flame screens and air pipe heads from fresh
water tanks are fitted with insect proof net.

822 - Sounding system
- Sounding pipes are installed for all Fuel storage tanks.
- Sounding pipes are installed for water ballast tanks in cargo hold area.
- Sounding pipes below summer draft waterline to be fitted with self‐closing shut‐off devices.
- Sounding pipes to be equipped with flanged pipe end (flange abt. 400mm from end).
- Underneath each sounding pipe a 10mm striking plate as impact protection to be installed.

86 – Electric Power Supply – see extra Part
87 – Common Electric Distribution Systems – see extra Part
88 – Electric Cable Installation – see extra Part
89 – Electric Consumer Systems – see extra Part

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Building Spec. – Part 79, 86-89 page 1 of 44 Drw.-No. 3312-0100-0010-CH4

3,100 TEU
Container Vessel

Type

RUBY 3100 neptun

Version: CH4
SFI GROUP SYSTEM

Part 1 – GENERAL
Part 2 – HULL
except 27 (PAINT)
Part 27 – PAINT
except 86‐89 (ELECTRIC)
Part 86‐89 – ELECTRIC

2021‐10‐12
NSD Rostock/Germany

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

79 - Automation Systems for Machinery ..................................................................... 3

791 - Manoeuvre consoles, main consoles ......................................................... 4
792 - Common automation equipment, engine room alarm systems .................. 9
793 - Autom. equipm. for prop. mach. & transm., eng. telegraph ...................... 13
794 - Automation equipment for boilers ............................................................. 14
797 - Automation equipment for other machinery components ......................... 14
86 - Electric Power Supply........................................................................................ 16
861 - Generators/alternators ............................................................................. 17
864 - Transformers ............................................................................................ 19
865 - Batteries & chargers ................................................................................. 19
867 - Electric shore supply systems .................................................................. 20
868 - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) ........................................................ 20
87 - Common Electric Distribution Systems .......................................................... 21
871 - Main switchboard – 450 V ........................................................................ 21
872 - Main Switchboard 230V ........................................................................... 24
873 - Emergency Switchboard (ESB) ................................................................ 24
874 - 24V DC Distribution Board ....................................................................... 26
875 - Local Motor Starters ................................................................................. 26
876 - Group starters .......................................................................................... 28
877 - Distribution panels & boards .................................................................... 28
88 - Electric Cable Installation ............................................................................... 30
881 – General .................................................................................................... 30
882 - Cold Store Alarm System ......................................................................... 36
883 - Cable Trays and Installation on Deck and in Cargo Holds ....................... 36
89 - Lighting & Sockets; Motors; Spares and Tools .............................................. 38
891 - Electric lighting systems for engine & boiler room .................................... 39
892 - Electric lighting systems for accommodation ............................................ 39
893 - Electric lighting systems for deck & cargo holds....................................... 40
898 - Electric motors.......................................................................................... 42
899 - Spare and Tools ....................................................................................... 43


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

79 ‐ Automation Systems for Machinery

General
- An engine control room (ECR) to be installed in engine room area
- The main engine to be controlled remotely from the wheelhouse or engine control room.
- The main generator sets to be operated from the gen. engine side or engine control room.
- A generator automatic control unit to be provided.
- One set of monitoring and alarm system for main engine and essential auxiliaries to be
provided for periodically unattended machinery space class notation.
- Suppression of alarm will follow relevant maker’s standard design.

Automation Requirements and Standards
- Remote and automatic controls and instrumentation for operation with unmanned engine
room to be provided to the extent requirements by the relevant rules and regulations, as set
forth from Class and M/E Maker up to the date of M/E order signing.
- Instruments, sensors and controls to be of good quality for high reliability and accuracy and
besides of simple, robust and standardized design for easy replacement ‐ and if practicable
repair ‐ by the ship's staff.

Design Conditions
- Instrumentation to be provided to enable the operation of machinery and equipment in case
of failure of remote or automatic control.
- Consideration to be given to ensure that components, such as controllers, control valves,
transmitters, solenoid valves, limit switches, pilot lamps etc. are standardized to the same
manufacture, type and size, as far as possible.
- All alarm transmitters to be fitted with nameplate with tag‐indication.

Instrumentation
- All the instruments have to be of suitable construction for their maximum operating value.
- Scales in metric units.
- Signals from indicator analogue sensors may also be used for alarm. Electric transducers and
continuous or on demand indicators will be used for analogue indicators. Indicators for local
operation and for automation systems to not fail together by a single failure, as far as
practicable.
- Temperature sensors will in general be platinum resistances, min. 3‐wired connected (Pt‐100
standard) up to 200 °C and, if necessary, thermocouples (NiCrNi standard) for higher
temperatures (exhaust gas).
- Local pressure gauges have to be of the Bourdon type, liquid filled where appropriate.
- Remote pressure gauges will be electric type.
- Temperature gauges and temperature sensors all to be installed in pockets to make change
of equipment possible without emptying the system.
- Pressure gauges and pressure sensors all to be provided with shut off cock, mounted direct
on system pipe.
- Instruments, sensors, transmitters and switches will be arranged for easy testing.
- One (1) test kit of the analogue type for calibration of temperature sensors/gauges and
pressure sensors/gauges to be provided.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

791 ‐ Manoeuvre consoles, main consoles
791.1 Engine Control Room
- The engine control room surrounded with steel walls having soundproofed and heat
insulated air conditioned construction, to be located in machinery space.
- The engine control room shall have soundproof door.
- In the engine control room, following equipment and instruments shall be provided for the
centralized supervision and the control of main engine and essential auxiliary machinery.
- The ECR to be provided with:
 Engine control console with alarm and monitoring system, communication equipment
and main engine manoeuvring device, etc.
 Main switchboard
 Two(2) package type unit coolers (each 100%) shall be provided in the engine control
room (if space available) or nearby and shall have auto and manual start/stop.

Engine Control Room Console
- self‐supporting steel construction, made out of smoothly bent sheet‐steel, welded together
- the console is to be delivered including foundation
- The console to be supplied from
+ MSB by means of one feeder 220VAC
+ ESB by means of one feeder 220VAC
+ UPS (24VDC)
- ECR‐Console‐Components
Internal illumination with switch
Service socket
AMS ECR Unit
Alarm / Log printer
Sound Powered Telephone substation
Automatic Telephone
Remote Control Switches for pumps and ER fans
Lamp Indicators for pumps, ER fans and separators
Indication for position of CHANGE OVER VALVE HFO / MDO
Air compressor remote start/stop running lamp
Light Signal Panel (ER call system)
Clock
Boiler burner running indication,
Boiler water levels indication
Steam pressure indication
Boiler emerg. Stop push button
Propulsion Remote Control Panel
Propulsion Monitoring Panel
Manoeuvring handle panel
ME Safety Panel
Start air press indicator
Control air press indicator
ME LO press indicator
ME cooling water HT

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

ME Turbo Charger RPM
ME load indicator (fuel index)
ME RPM indicator
ME revolution counter
ME hour counter
Viscosity governor
ME controllers
Fire alarm slave panel
Distribution Board 220 VAC normal power
Distribution Board 220 VAC em’cy power
Distribution Board 24 VDC
Shaft power indicator
FO counter
- 2 AMS monitors to be at least 23 Inch TFT

791.2 Ship’s Office
- Three (3) working places serving the following stations:
One (1) Loading Computer station
One (1) Reefer Monitoring station
One (1) PC station – (Owner’s Supply)
- The following equipment to be arranged in the office:
Writing places with lamps
Switch/Lock/Indication panel for Lighting:
Remote control cargo hold lighting
key interlocks for transport of Dangerous Goods in cargo holds with indication light for the
relevant cargo holds to control and monitor all non‐ex‐proof electrical equipment in
endangered zones as there are:
 illumination
 Remote control cargo hold fans
 Remote control lashing bridge lighting
 Remote control Floodlights
(These controls can be done from ship’s office and wheelhouse)
Automatic telephone
Telephone list automatic telephone
One common printer/scanner/fax facility for PC, Loading computer and Reefer Monitoring
Duty alarm panel
Monitor for Reefer Monitoring (PCM)
Anti healing system control panel and push bottom Emergency Stop Heeling Pump
CCTV Monitor
One buzzer for VSAT telephone ringing (Owner’s supply)
PC with Processor unit for Gateway connection (Owner’s supply)
Loading Computer (Owner’s supply)
PC (Server function) for PC‐network (Owner’s supply)
One (1) remote level measurement system and remote valve control system station

Design of Consoles Ship Office

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- The centralized control devices have to be arranged as resiliently mounted steel desks or
panels suitably painted.
- Components inside the desks or panels shall have means of access for repair or replacement.
- Horizontal areas of desks will preferably be intended for operating controls.
- Vertical areas will in general be for indicators, alarms and watching lights.
- Components to be suitable for marine service.
- Distribution of components on console(s) to be made with regard to logical grouping of
services and uses.

791.3 Wheelhouse
- The wheelhouse control desk to be carefully designed with a view to safe operations and
ergonomic considerations and to be equipped in accordance with requirement of periodically
unattended Machinery Spaces.
- Layout of the panel and instruments to be according to Panama rules.
- All components inside and on the front shall be clearly marked with engraved nameplates
with white letters on a black or console colour background. The marks may not be fastened
to the components, to covers or to other removable parts.
- Emergency stop push buttons and similar controls shall have transparent covers to prevent
unintended operation.

Wheelhouse Control Console
- Consists of following sections:
Signalling and Safety Console
Radar‐System 1
Nautical Console
Radar‐System 2
Navigation Console
- General details
Shape: free standing type arrangement, with tilted parts
Construction: self‐supporting steel construction, made out of smoothly bent
sheet‐steel, welded together
Surface protection: de‐greased, primed and finally powder coated
Supply: The consoles to be supplied from MSB by means of one feeder for
3 x 220VAC, from ESB by means of one feeder for 3 x 220VAC and from UPS (24VDC)

Safety console
- Writing plate
- Lamp test pushbutton
- Inside light with socket
- Dimmer for steering light
- Alarm and monitoring system extension alarm panel
- Remote start /stop of Fire & GS pump
- Switches for outside lighting
- Switches for cargo holds lighting (key switches – for transport of dangerous goods)
- Watertight hatch mimic panel
- Emergency stop of ventilation fans (cargo area & accommodation area)

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Emergency stop of Accommodation Fans
- Control panel for cargo hold fans
- Ships whistle push buttons + automatic signal control
- Cargo hold smoke detection repeater panel
- Cargo hold water ingress alarm panel.
- Fire alarm monitor and control
- Watch alarm control panel with reset push button
- Distribution board 220VAC
- Distribution board 24VDC

Radar x‐band console
- Radar System, X‐Band, TFT

Nautical console
- Propulsion control panel with lever for RPM level, including indicators
- Emergency stop button ME
- ME RPM instrument
- Dimmer for RPM instrument
- Bow thruster main control panel with pitch indicator, ammeter, running indication and em’cy
stop push button
- Dimmer for 3‐phase rudder angle indicator (ceiling mounted)
- Reset push button for BNWAS
- Window‐Wiper / ‐Heating ‐ Control
- Steering gear control and alarm panel
- Handwheel for FU‐Steering
- NFU override tiller
- Gyro repeater
- Steering mode selector switch
- Steering gear alarm and motor remote control unit
- Autopilot system
- Sound powered telephone main station
- Telephone number list sound powered telephone
- Automatic telephone
- Telephone number list automatic telephone
- Magnetic compass main light 220 VAC
- Magnetic compass main light 24 VAC
- Dimmer for magnetic compass 24V /220V

Radar S‐Band console
- Radar System, S‐Band, TFT

Navigation console
- Bridge Nautical Watch Alarm System
- Navigation and Signal Light panel
- VHF control handset

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- VHF DSC controller
- Talk back and public address unit
- General alarm push button
- Master switch for general alarm
- Nautical alarm system
- AIS
- Clock
- ECDIS display
- Switch / Control for searchlights

Bridge Wing Command Consoles
- Propulsion control panel with lever for RPM level, including indicators
- Bow thruster control panel with pitch indicator and ammeter as well as em’cy stop
- Dimmer for instrument light etc.
- Watch alarm reset push button
Watch alarm reset push button shall not placed inside the wing console
- Autopilot tiller for steering gear
- Tyfon push button
- Morse light push button
- VHF‐Socket for controller
- Talk‐back socket
- Rudder angle indicator

Chart console
- One chart console to be provided in the chart space and the following equipment to be
mounted:
Barometer
Echo sounder recorder
Clock
DGPS
Speed log display (see 414.2)
Automatic telephone
Chart table light

Wheelhouse Overhead Console
- One measuring instrument panel to be provided at the upper part on wheelhouse front wall
centre.
- Layout of the panel and instruments to be according to Panama rules.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

792 ‐ Common automation equipment, engine room alarm systems
792.1 Alarm and Monitoring System

- An Alarm and Monitoring system to be arranged adequate to for a periodically unattended
engine room under normal sea going conditions.
- The system arrangement to be such that no single fault, failure of power supply or system
malfunction will prevent effective plant control being retained.
- Two(2) AMS main station to be provided in the ECR.
- The system to have I/O interface possibilities for all types of relevant analogue ‐ i.e. 0‐20 mA,
4‐20mA, 0‐10V, Pt100, NiCrNi powered or unpowered sensors and binary sensors.
- The Alarm and Monitoring System conceived for unattended operation is a compact,
modular, all‐purpose warning and monitoring system (conventional alarm card type with LED
indication or microprocessor based system with workstation and VDU).
- Analogue and binary process signals will be measured and pre ‐ processed by substations
with I/O‐Modules or by a central station with individual alarm cards.
- Alarm and monitoring system designed for approx. 220 binary alarm points and approx. 30
analogue alarm channels with additional 5% spare I/O points.
- Alarms / status signals will be indicated at the individual alarm cards (via LED) or on the two
workstations (via standard graphic symbols and individual mimics) in the ECR Console.
- The main alarm and monitoring system shall include the alarms from aux. diesel engines.
- Exhaust Gas Monitoring System of Main Engine will be integrated part of the monitoring
system.
- All bilge system level alarms to be connected to the AMS of the vessel (ER‐AMS or ship
remote gauging system respectively per purposes).
- Following functions are provided:
connection of binary transmitters
connections of analogue transmitters, e.g. PT100, PT1000, thermocouples,0‐20mA, 4‐20
mA, 0 ‐ 10 V
time delay of alarm signals
suppression of alarm signals (Manuel fading out)
exhaust gas average value deviation incl. alarm for ME
binary outputs for alarm column system, acoustical and optical alarm indication
analogues outputs for indication of special measuring signals
audible alarm by means of integrated buzzer and by external sounder / siren
measuring point grouping for extension alarm system
alarm recording with printer
time stamp of any alarm signal
system self‐monitoring
VDR Interface
- Additional functions at workstations:
up to 12 colour graphic mimic diagrams
selectable measured data representation with individual measuring point text (max. 30
points per screen/page)
bar graph indication
trend recording and display for all measuring points

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Alarms will be indicated after a presentable delay.
- At the same time the programmed alarm group is activated.
- A warning can be acknowledged either externally or via the button on the front panel /
trackball cursor on the VDU.
- If the warning is acknowledged, but the alarm is still on, then the indicator changes from
flashing to "on" position.
- The light turns off when the cause for the alarm has been removed.
- Power Supply: 24 V DC +/‐ 10% via automation battery
- Interface for Voyage Data Recorder (VDR) IEC 61162‐1/2 Protocol approx. 30 alarms
- Extension alarm panel for built‐in in the ECR‐ console prepared for 4 living rooms (Chief,
Engineers)
- Extension alarm panel for built‐in in the bridge console for indication of 30 text messages
- One additional EA Panel to be provided in Officer's / Crew's mess room and recreation room.
- All EAS panels to be able to clearly show the exact (and not the group) name of each
alarm/indication.
- Alarm ‐ and Journal printer according to classification
- Signal equipment for the installation into the ECR‐ Console for Dead‐men alarm engine room,
including of:
1 pc release switch with indication light for wall installation in the engine room.
2 pcs acknowledge switch for watch duty alarm for installation in the engine room.
- All spare channels (digital) to be activated.
- Each senor shall be labeled with engraved brass name plate reporting also cabinet number,
DPU number and channel number.
Operator Workstations
- The 2 pcs Operator Workstation consisting of 23”colour graphic screens, Operator Keyboard
with Trackball, Marine Personal Computer and Printer and shall be provided a reliable and
user‐friendly operator interface to ensure safe operation.
- The Operator Workstations are to be connected to a Network for communication with the IO
modules.
- This ensures a full redundant lay‐out.
Display Screens
- The Graphic User Screens shall be displayed the following data:
Alarm History Display
Alarm page
System Overview
Printer report
Event List
Historic Trend curves
Alarm Timer activation or reset
Up to 10 Mimics to be displayed
minimum 2 free designable pages for own lists/reports/ monitoring screens
- The Lists are to be displayed with standard display columns as advertisements, for example:
date, time, alarm group, error location, tag number, numeric values and alarm status.
- To distinguish the display information, different colours are to be used.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

System Functions
- Alarm Detection and Indication
- Alarm Acknowledge
- Alarm Groups
- Repeat Alarm
- Adjustment of Alarm Levels and Delays
- Self‐Diagnostic
- Setting of Date / Time
I/O Substation
- The substations are to be provided for modular and extensible I/O‐modules and if needed a
serial interface.
- It shall be possible to connect various kinds of sensors, with standard analogue current and
voltage levels.
- The System is to be featured for a multitude of modules, designed for widely varying
purposes (like digital & analogue I/O, or counters).
- A substation shall be enabled to transport the collected data of I/Os by bus form to the
workstations.
Types of Inputs / Outputs
- The system shall be handling the following types of sensor inputs/outputs without converters:
Binary Inputs (open contact alarm)
Analogue Inputs (4‐20mA, 0‐20mA, 0‐10V)
Analogue Inputs for Pt 100, ‐50 ‐ +1000°C
Binary Outputs
Analogue Outputs (4‐20mA, 0‐20mA, 0‐10V)
Printer
- 1pc Alarm Printer
- 1pc Journal Printer

Serial interface (connection) to third party devices
- The serial interfaces are to be provided for e.g.
VDR
PMS System
Tank Level System
Others
UPS System
- 1pc UPS System is to be provided for safe operation of AMS System.
Duration of the batteries shall be minimum 30 min and tested during sea trials.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

792.2 Extension Alarm System
- The extension alarm system shall be a reliable engineer calling system, which extends the
Alarm and monitoring system for unmanned machinery space operation.
- The duty alarm panels are displaying the simplified alarm page of the operator workstation.
- The engineer on duty and the public spaces get an acoustic signal in case of an alarm.
- On Duty Selection and Engineer Calling functions are to be executed on a mimic on the
Operator Workstation.
- The mimic display contains the following fields:
On Duty Selection
Attended / Unattended ER indication and/or selection
Engineer Calling
Engineer Safety System (Personnel alarm timer)
- This function is to be fully redundant as upon failure of an Operator Workstation, the
extension alarm system functions are to be automatically transferred to another Operator
Workstation.
- Communication to each duty alarm panel and to the Operator Workstations shall be realized
by redundant network.

792.3 Dead Man Alarm System ER
- Patrol watch alarm provides a safety timer for personal protection.
- Dead Man Alarm System for engine room consisting of:
Signal equipment for the installation into ECR Console
1 pc release switch with indication light for wall installation in the engine room
2 pcs acknowledge switch for watch duty alarm for installation in the engine room
- To be activated from the ECC and both E/R entrances.
- The dead man alarm system to be incorporated into the ER monitoring and alarm system.

792.4 Calling System for Engineers (Assist Call)
- The system shall be an integrated part of the AMS system and provides individual or general
call of all engineers on duty.
- A patrol man call to be included into the system.

792.5 Signalling and Warning Alarm in the Engine Room
- Signaling and warning alarm (i.e. Light Signal Column) system to be provided in the Engine
Room, alarming engine room staff if any alarm condition may happen or telephone is calling
in the ER or in the ECR.
- In the ER, suitable amount of light columns to be installed with the following illuminated
signaling/alarm identification signs:
Fire, alarm ‐ red globe with FIRE sign.
General alarm ‐ white/green globe with white BOAT symbol.
CO2 alarm ‐ red globe with CO2 sign.
Engine room alarm ‐ amber globe with FAILURE sign.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Telephone call ‐ milky white globe with TELEPHONE sign.
ER “Dead Man” alarm ‐ amber globe with MAN sign.
Engine telegraph ‐ milky white globe with TELEGRAPH sign.
- Simultaneously with alarm display in light columns in engine room flashing lights (with
green/white or red or amber globe) and electric sirens to be actuated.
- Engine casing area to be also covered by an appropriate number of audible alarm box incl.
sound & visual alarm.
- Automatic telephone and sound powered telephone calling signals to be stopped
automatically if no acknowledgment follows within abt. 2 min.
- Power supply ‐ 230V AC from main & emergency network.

793 ‐ Autom. equipm. for prop. mach. & transm., eng. telegraph
793.1 Power Management System
- Power management system is to be integrated in the MSB and will be provided with the
following functions:
Load dependent start/stop of generator
Automatic load sharing and auto synchronizing
Cancel of load dependent stop while bow thruster is running
Start Blocking Bow Thruster Motor
Optimum load sharing (when generator parallel running)
Generator protection
Black‐out Monitoring function
Other function in according with the manufacturer's standard.
- Major alarming condition of the working GE (jack cooling water temperature high and lub. oil
pressure low), will start the stand‐by generator synchronized and connected to the bus bar,
without black out.
- In case of PMS failure manual synchronization will be possible.
- The Function of "black out monitoring" is integrated.
- PMS described will only be in MSB with no redundancy.

793.2 Main Engine Telegraph
- One(1) set of ME order telegraph system to be provided as follows:
 1 pc transmitter for wheelhouse
 1 pc transmitter for ECR
 1 pc receiver with reply for ECR
 1 pc receiver with reply near the main engine emergency control station
 1 pc buzzer on bridge console
 1 pc buzzer on the engine control console
 1 pc buzzer near the ME local control station
 1 pc selector switch ECR / ER
 1 pc Telegraph logger on bridge control console
- The engine telegraph has following divisions:
 Ahead: Full/Half/Slow/Dead Slow

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 Stop
 Astern: Dead Slow/ Slow /Half/ Full
- In addition to the engine telegraph, one (1) set of lamp illuminated sub‐ telegraph having
following divisions to be provided on the engine control console and bridge control console:
 Finished with Engine
 Stand‐by
 At sea
793.3 Main Engine Tachometers
- To measure frequency and direction of the propeller shaft rotation, the ship is fitted with a
tachometer system, included into ME remote control system, consisting of:
in ER on propeller shaft transmitter 1 pc.
in wheelhouse analogue speed/direction indicator (large, in ceiling console) 1 pc.
on bridge wings, port and starboard side
analogue speed/direction indicator (small, in man. pult) 1 pc. per side
analogue speed/direction indicator (large, on outside wall) 1 pc. per side
in chief engineer's office analogue speed/direction indicator (large) 1 pc.
in the ECR at ME control panel analogue speed/direction indicator (large) 1 pc.
in ER at ME local control station analogue speed/direction indicator (large) 1 pc.
- Critical zone shall be marked on the ME RPM indicator.
793.4 Main Engine Automation
Main engine automation and safety system to be provided per MAN standard and Class
requirement as well as the follows:
- The auxiliary blower shall be interlocked with Main Lub oil pump to prevent dry running of
turbo charger
- ME jacket water preheater shall automatically cutoff when ME starts
- Critical speed protection by automatic quick passing program per MAN standard.
794 ‐ Automation equipment for boilers
- Automatic control and remote indication for composite boilers shall be installed.
- The manual stopping device shall be provided in ECC.
- Boiler buner running, boiler water levels and steam pressure indications are to be provided
in the ECR console.
- Hour counter shall be provided in the boiler panel
797 ‐ Automation equipment for other machinery components
797.1 Treatment Room Alarm System
- 1 set Treatment Room Call System
- Power supply: 220 V AC from ESB
- consisting of:
Built‐in buzzer
Reset key
“Call” lamp
Location: Alleyway and ship office

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

With potential free contact for bridge alarm system
Wall socket with call push button and reassurance lamp
Push‐button with 2 m flexible cable
One call switch shall be provided inside the treatment room toilet.
797.2 Remote Draught Measurement System
- Four remote reading draught sensors shall be provided, one fwd., one aft, two aside
amidships.
- Remote draught measuring system to be interconnected and live feed to the Loading
Instrument.
- Bunker Tank monitoring alarm for high‐high level alarms shall be fitted in each Ship’s office
and bunker stations
797.3 BW Tank Alarm System
- To avoid sudden free surface effect all Ballast Water double bottom tanks are equipped with
low level alarms.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

86 ‐ Electric Power Supply
General
- Power distribution system to be AC 440V, 60Hz, three (3) phase, 3 wire insulated system.
- All electrical machines and apparatus delivered to the shipyard and waiting installation shall
be stored are to be kept in a clean, dry and well ventilation store.as per maker recommended
environment.
- Electrical fittings made of aluminum to be fixed with stainless steel fittings and isolated from
the steel. (To prevent Bimetallic corrosion risk due to contact of steel and aluminum)
- Junction boxes of any kind, concealed behind wall linings or ceilings must be provided with
access hatches, big enough to allow inspection and repair.
- All junction boxes regardless of their function are to be clearly marked and their location is to
be indicated in the drawings.
ELECTRIC SOURCE
Four (4) Main diesel generators (D/G)
- Drip‐proof, self‐ventilated, brushless.
- AC 440V, 3ph, 60 Hz, cos‐Phi 0.8
- Insulation Class “F” IP23
One (1) Emergency diesel generator
- Drip‐proof, self‐ventilated, brushless.
- AC 440V, 3ph, 60 Hz
Two (2) sets‐Power transformers for general service
- Drip‐proof, dry type. 3 Phi , 440/230 V
Two (2) sets‐Power transformers for emergency service.
- Drip‐proof, dry type. 3 Phi, 440/230 V.
Two (2) ‐ Storage batteries
- DC24V 200Ah, lead‐acid type, for interior communication device, alarm device etc.
DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT
- One (1) ‐ Main switchboard
- One (1) ‐ Emergency switchboard
- One (1) ‐ Charge & discharge panel
- One (1) ‐ Shore power connection box
- One (1) ‐ Bridge group control console
- One (1) ‐ Engine control console
- Two (2) ‐ Bridge wing console
- Power and lighting distribution box ‐ as required
Electric System for Engine Control Room/Wheelhouse Console:
- 1 ‐ AC 220V, 3Ph, 60 Hz main supply system
- 1 ‐ AC 220V, 3Ph, 60 Hz emergency supply system
- 1 ‐ DC 24V supply system

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

861 ‐ Generators/alternators
861.1 General
 The load transfer from one DG to each other DG is to be possible and effected without
interruption via the corresponding generator circuit breaker.
 The generators to be designed for manual and automatic synchronizing for parallel operation
 Parallel operation of diesel generator and emergency generator not to be provided
 Interlock between shore power and ship power to be provided

Alternator Protection, Diesel Control and Power Management
 Short‐circuit protection, remaining effective even in case of failure of the entire supply
voltage of the device.
 Selective disconnection of a faulted generator.
 Overload protection by overcurrent
 Reverse power protection
 Under‐ and overvoltage monitoring
 Under‐ and over frequency monitoring
 Non‐essential consumer disconnection in three steps in case of overload, under frequency
and overcurrent
 Synchronizing of the alternators to the busbar by the modes manual and automatic.
 Load free disconnection of the alternator circuit breaker
 Automatic speed adaptation of the diesel engine to the busbar frequency
 Automatic load sharing system
 Load dependent start/stop of diesel generators
 Counter for:
Working hours of generators
kWh counter (dual counter)
kVar counter
 Power factor meter

Diesel Control Unit
 Black out automatic
 Actual speed measuring either by tacho generator or by pick‐ups
 Start, Stop and reflow outputs

861.2 Main Alternators
 Four main alternators driven by Diesel with following characteristic will be installed:
Type Synchronous, Self‐excited
Voltage 450 V
Frequency 60 Hz
Power Factor cos Phi 0.8 (lagging)
rpm 900 min‐1

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

subtransient reactance Xd” > 17%
 The four main diesel generators are to be arranged for permanent parallel operation
 Synchronous, brushless, self‐excited type, protection IP 23, insulation class "F", 3‐phase, with
an automatic voltage regulator.
 splash water protected
 The generators will be provided for clockwise rotation.
 The generators to be equipped with stand‐still heaters supplied with 230 V.
 The generators are to be provided with single sleeve bearing(s).
 One (1) temperature sensor shall be provided for the bearing of the generator for
temperature monitoring, displayed in AMS.
 Total six (6) PT 100 temperature probes are to be installed (two in each winding) for
temperature remote monitoring. Three (3) of the sets in the windings shall be connected to
the alarm and monitoring system and other three (3) sets as spare and not connected.
 The cooling of the generator will be of air to air cooling.
 Current Transformers for differential protection to be built in Generator’s Star point.
 Cable entrances in accordance with the ship cable supplier. In case cable entrance from top,
same shall be protected by heat shrunk sleeves.
 Spares and tools of the generators (main & em’cy) to be in accordance to Class rules and
guidelines and Makers' requirements.

861.3 Emergency alternator

 Main Data:
Rated output
Rated voltage AC 450V
Frequency 60 Hz
Number of phase Three (3)
Power factor 0.8 (lagging)
Revolution 1,800 RPM
Insulation Class “F”
 Synchronous, brushless, self‐excited type, self‐air ventilated, with automatic voltage
regulator.
 Insulation class H, temp. rise F, protection degree IP23, with stand‐still heater supplied with
230VAC.
 Automatic start to be provided in case of voltage decay in emergency switchboard 450 VAC
busbars.
 The emergency diesel generator aggregate shall be stopped automatically and/or manually
after power is recovered.
 Starting arrangement to be supplied from separate accumulator battery.
 Battery charger will be included in the emergency switchboard or separate.
 Second (emergency) means of starting is to be provided.
 The generator is the scope of emergency engine maker’s supply and simulation testing
facility for automatic start and stop to be provided.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

864 ‐ Transformers
 Following transformer are to be provided:
2 pcs Main Lighting Transformer, 440/230V
2 pcs Emergency Lighting Transformer, 440/230V
 transformers 3 x 450/230V, 60 Hz are to be of:
dry type,
Three phase, natural air cooled
Insulation class “F”
Temperature rise according to class “B”
Protection degree IP23,
Voltage diff. between full/no load max. 5%
Capacity: Main Transformer: 2 sets, each approx. 150kVA
Em’cy Transformer: 2 sets, each approx. 50kVA
 Two (2) main transformers (one as Stand‐by) to be located in or near to the MSB‐room
 Transformer capacity calculations to be submitted for Owner’s approval.
 Two (2) emergency transformers (one as Stand‐by) to be located in emergency generator
room near the Emergency Switchboard.
 The capacities of main transformers and emergency transformers to correspond with full
working load at the system, maintaining the power factor 0.8.
 In case of de‐energizing the primary windings of each transformer, the secondary side to be
disconnected simultaneously.

865 ‐ Batteries & chargers

 Two (2) pc. Storage battery (200Ah)
natural ventilation
indication lamps for operation
performance according to Rules / class requirements
ambient temperature 0 – 45 °C
A safety factor of 1.3 is to be used for the calculation of the capacity of all batteries to
compensate for capacity loss caused by ageing.
 Two (2) pcs. Battery Charger
main and battery voltage monitoring
insulation monitoring for 24 VDC system
automatic control with current limiter
for charging of lead – acid batteries and supply of 24 VDC consumers
Chargers are to be able to operate with batteries disconnected. A low voltage alarm for the
battery and battery charger output is to be provided in AMS.
 Essential consumers for safety and automation system fed with 24VDC power supply will be
supported by capable lead acid batteries of maintenance free type.
 One Battery, suitable capacity for radio equipment, to be fitted in a separate room.
 The chargers shall be integrated in the Radio Console.
 One battery acc. to E/G maker’s requirements, supplying the starting installation of
emergency generator prime – mover, situated in the Emergency Generator Room.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 Lifeboat battery – acc. to lifeboat Maker’s standard.
 Batteries UPS system see chapter ”UPS”.
 One set of battery/battery charger/main rectifier with back current protection as applicable
for navigation consumers to be built in the bridge console.
Battery Charging Arrangement
- Battery charger facility (float charging type with AVR) shall be fitted.
- Each battery is to be provided with automatic charging arrangement.
- Battery for emergency radio station supply – see chapter radio / navigation
- Charging system – see chapter radio/ navigation.
- Battery for starting installation of emergency generator’s prime mover.
- Battery charger to be provided acc. requirements of class rules.
- Battery shall be permanently charged.
- The lifeboat battery charger is to be included in the boat equipment or in the ship’s inventory.
- If necessary, flexible cable with “quick release” plug‐in socket close to the boat is to be
provided.
- Battery charger incl. battery to be provided for starting the Emergency Diesel Generator to
be supplied by the Emergency GenSet supplier.

867 ‐ Electric shore supply systems
Power Shore Supply – 450VAC
- One (1) 450V shore supply (docking supply) at the ship will be installed for app. 600A (3‐
phase / 60Hz).
- Location: Emergency generator room.
- The shore connection box will be connected to the MSB 450V.
- Interlocking with main generator circuit breaker to avoid parallel operation.
- Short circuit protection, overload protection and no‐voltage protection will be provided.
- The shore connection box shall be equipped with:
AC Voltmeter with selector switch
Ampere meter
Phase sequence indicator
3 pole isolating switch
kWh meter
Indicator lamps

868 ‐ Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
- The UPS for ME control system and AMS to be provided per maker’s standard


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

87 ‐ Common Electric Distribution Systems
871 ‐ Main switchboard – 450 V
General
- Power generation by the generators will be distributed by the 450V Main Switchboard
located in ECR.
- The main switchboard will be designed considering continuous parallel operation of all four
diesel‐generators.
- The MSB 450V will be arranged with accessibility from behind, degree of protection IP 20 or
better.
- The bus bar of main switchboard to be provided with class approved subarea like (electric
motor control) between generator panels.
- MSB 450V is to be fitted with insulation monitoring instrumentation, indicating electrical
insulation to earth and to have an alarm output to AMS.
- Non‐conductive handrails at the front and backside of a switchboard shall be provided.
- Duplicated items of equipment are supplied from different sections of the board.
- Insulating floor cover with certified rubber matting shall be provided around switchboards.
- If dangerous goods loaded on deck, the feeder breaker in main switch board must be locked
and take off power source of reefer containers by locking device at MSB.
- A copy of connection drawings in plastic cover to be provided inside each panel.
Circuit Breaker
- The panels contain the circuit breakers for feeding the outgoing consumers and distribution
panels.
- Components of the MSB 450V are plug‐in type circuit breakers for all feeder circuits,
protection‐, controlling and monitoring devices.
- The short circuit interrupting capacity and selectivity of a.m. switch‐fuse units and miniature
circuit breakers are to be acc. the classification requirements.
- Extra circuit breakers with various sizes are to be provided as spares in each switchboard and
distribution board (abt. 10%) as practicable, except ACB.
Overload
- Preference tripping devices to be arranged for non ‐ essential services.
- Preset non‐essential groups of consumers to be disconnected automatically when operating
generator is overloaded or if one of the parallel operating generators has failed.
- The disconnected services can be switched again to the mains manually only.
Signals
- MSB 450V is to be fitted with insulation monitoring instrumentation, indicating electrical
- Color sheet indication circuits, i.e. preferential trip, emergency stop and sequential start to
be provided.
- All lamps of space heaters ON to be of "blue" color.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Panels
- The MSB consists of convenient number of panels for serving with 3 x 450V essential
consumer, lighting transformer, motor control center, reefer distributions, power
distributions, shore connection, etc.
- Each outgoing feeder is to be equipped with switching and protecting devices as well as
magnetic contactor with thermal over‐current relay.
- Spare feeders, fully equipped, to be provided in the 450V service panels where practicable.
- The main switchboard will be provided with the following panels:
Generator panel for each generator
Synchronizing Panel
Generator and Bow Thruster Control and Monitoring Panel
450 V feeder panels
230 V feeder panel
MCC remote control panels

Generator Panels
- Measuring instruments, control indicating lights, generator circuit breaker and all necessary
switches are arranged in each generator panel.
- ACB, motorized drive (with emergency hand lever) draw‐out type
- Generator Protection with Power Management and Diesel Start/Stop Automatic
- "GOVERNOR CONTROL" swivel rotary switch
- Generator breaker MANUAL ON" push button
- Swivel Rotary Switch for "AUTOMATIC ON/OFF" (ON with auto synchronizing, OFF with auto
load reduction)
- Generator "STAND BY/OFF" Swivel Rotary Switch
- Generator "HEATING ON/OFF" Swivel Rotary Switch
- Generator panel for proper operation and maintenance, the following instruments and
apparatus to be provided for each generator panels:
1–Air circuit breaker
1–AC ammeter
1–Change‐over switch for AC ammeter (for each phase of generator)
1–AC. Voltmeter
1–Change‐over switch for AC voltmeter (between each line of generator)
1–Frequency meter
1–Manual voltage regulator.
1–Switch for space heater
1–ACB open/close control switch (or push button)
1–Generator running indicating lamp.(white)
1–ACB close indicating lamp (green)
1–ACB open indicating lamp (red)
1–Space heater indicating lamp (blue)
1–Reverse power relay.
1–Running hour meter
1–Diesel gen. remote control ready indicating lamp
1–Set of diesel gen. start/stop switch
1–Wattmeter(digital totalizers)

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

1–Set of power management unit
- The actual status will be indicated by the following coloured lights:
- Generator Breaker "ON/SYNCHRONIZING WORKING" (when synchronizing working indication
light flickering)
Generator Breaker "OFF"
Generator "HEATING ON"
Generator Breaker ”TRIPPED”
"STAND‐BY" function is activated
Generator not synchronous "DARK BY SYNCHRON"
Synchronizing Panel
- Synchro panel (separate from other panel, according to maker's standard) to be equipped
with the followings instruments/lamps:
1 – Dual voltmeter and frequency meter for main bus bar and each generator with
generator selection switch 3 ‐ kW meters
4 – Governor control switches.
1 – Set of synchronizing lamp
1 – Synchroscope with a control switch
1 – Set of stand by gen. select switch
1 – Set gen. Stand‐by indicating lamp
4 – ACB control switches
1 – 24V DC source indicating lamp
1 – Alarm unit
1 – White lamp for shore source receiving
1 ‐ Ammeter for shore power (or any other suitable panel)
1 ‐ Voltmeter for shore power (or any other suitable panel)
1 – Red lamp for PMS system failure
1 – Red lamp for high voltage
1 – Red lamp for low frequency
1 – Red lamp for low voltage
1 – Red lamp for preferential trip
4 – Red lamps for air circuit breaker non‐close
4 – Red lamps for air circuit breaker abnormal trip
1 – Lamp test switch
2 –Red lamps for insulation level low alarm for AC 440V feeder panel, AC 220V feeder
panel,
1 –Yellow Lamp for Emergency generator standby.
1 –Green lamp for emergency generator running
Generator and Bow Thruster Control and Monitoring Panel
- One (1) Generator monitoring panel gives the operator an overview about the main
parameters of power generation of the four Auxiliary generators and the Bow Thruster.
- It is arranged in the ECR and includes for each generator:
Push Bottom “Start/Run/Stop”
Ammeter with change‐over switch
Cos. phi meter
MW meter

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Indication light “GENERATOR BREAKER ON/SYNCHRONIZING WORKING”
Indication light “GENERATOR BREAKER OFF”
Indication light “GENERATOR HEATING ON”
Indication light “GENERATOR BREAKER TRIPPED”
Indication light “STAND‐BY”
- For the Bow thruster:
Status indication with lamps
Ammeter

872 ‐ Main Switchboard 230V
- The Main Switchboard 230V shall be designed similar to the MSB 450V and will be fed by the
main transformer.
- All outgoing circuits shall be protected with plug‐in circuit breakers.
- An ammeter and voltmeter with selector switch shall be provided.
- MSB 230V is to be fitted with an insulation measuring instrument, indicating electrical
- Spare feeders, fully equipped, to be provided in the 230V panels where practicable.

873 ‐ Emergency Switchboard (ESB)
 The Emergency Switchboard shall be located in the Emergency Generator Room.
 The emergency switchboard panel is deck mounted and designed for wall standing.
 ESB will be arranged without accessibility from behind.
 All cable entrances to be from below.
 In normal conditions ESB to be supplied from the MSB with one three–phase feeder 3 x 450V
or from emergency generator in case of supply failure from 450V MSB.
 Parallel running of auxiliary engine with emergency engine is not possible.
 It is to be equipped with the necessary switches, control lamps and instruments required for
ship operation.
 Degree of protection IP20 or better.
 The ESB to consist of the following panels:
One (1) panel for emergency generator / tie line to MSB 450V
One (1) consumer panel for services with 3 x 450V
One (1) consumer panel for services with 230V
- Each outgoing feeder shall be equipped with switching and protecting devices.
- The following services are to be supplied directly from ESB:
emergency transformers
emergency generator room fan
the reversible engine room fan
CO2 room exhaust fan
Emergency starting air compressor
steering gear (one pump)
emergency fire pump
auxiliaries pre lubricating and pre‐cooling pumps

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Battery charger 1+2
emergency lighting
navigation lights
electric typhoon
radio station
engine room control console (ECC)
bridge console (BC)
emergency stop system
life‐rescue boat hoisting system
public address / talkback system/ general alarm
Fire detecting system
- The following services are to be supplied by ESB via the Bridge Console (BCC):
- Echo‐sounder
Speed log
Gyrocompass
Radar
etc.
- Socket for use of portable welding machine to be provided in the ESB.

Emergency switching mode:
- Normally, the emergency switchboard is fed via the transfer line from the main switchboard.
- In case of blackout, the transfer switch in the emergency switchboard is to be disconnected
and the automatic emergency diesel starting gear is to be started the emergency diesel.
- The generator switch is to be connected to the emergency bus‐bar provided that the power
supply has not been previously taken over by a pre‐selected main generator.
- After restoration of the main network the emergency generator switch is to be disconnected,
the transfer contactor (switch) to be connected on.
- The emergency diesel stops automatically.
- Feeding back power from ESB to MSB shall not be possible.
- The emergency switchboard is to provide with following switchgears:
Emergency Generator219 kVA
Consumer 440 V
Consumer 230 V
- Colour RAL 7035
- Construction Self standing on foundation
- Mode of Protection IP 22
Generator Panel
- Measuring instruments, control indicating lights, generator circuit breakers and all necessary
switches are arranged in the generator panel.
- The following gears are provided:
Generator breaker, motorized drive (with emergency hand lever), plug‐in type
Transfer circuit breaker
Generator breaker “MANUAL ON” push button
Generator breaker “Off/Reset" push button

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

"Transition ON/OFF” swivel rotary switch
Selector switch for feeding direction
Generator "HEATING ON/OFF” switch
- The actual status will be indicated by following coloured lights:
Generator breaker "On"
Generator breaker "Off"
Generator "Heating On"
Generator breaker "Tripped"
Generator "Overload"
Voltage transition from MSB "On"
- The following instruments will be fitted:
kW‐meter
Voltmeter with selector switch
Ammeter with selector switch
Frequency meter
- Instruments for ESB
The instruments will be square shaped, size 96 x 96 mm with flat frames and tinted glass.
Consumer Panels
- The consumer panels are to be located to the right hand side of the generator panel.
- The panels contain the circuit breaker for feeding the emergency consumers.
- All MCCB’s for consumer in the ESB are of fixed type and manual operated.
- The short circuit interrupting capacity and selectivity are acc. to classification requirements.

874 ‐ 24V DC Distribution Board
- A 24V DC distribution board (with feeder breakers, insulation monitor, ammeter, voltmeter,
earth lamps, test switch and other necessary fittings) to be provided, near or in the bridge
control console.

875 ‐ Local Motor Starters
- Starters for essential motors are located near or attached to the following pumps:
 Two Ballast pumps
 One Bilge pump Ship
 One Bilge/Fire pump
 One Fire pump forward
 One Heeling pump
- Control shall be local/remote for each motor starter.
- Space Heaters to be automatically switched on/off.
- Emergency stop push button for engine room ventilating fans, fuel oil pumps, L.O. pump, and
other similar oil pumps to be located at the entrance outside the engine room & fire control
station and on the bridge console.
- Emergency stop push button for accommodation ventilating fans to be located in
wheelhouse and fire control station.
- Emergency stop push button to be provided for sewage discharge pump on upper deck.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Emergency stop push button for engine room bilge pump to be provided on upper deck
according to the requirement of USCG Oil Pollution Regulation (port and starboard).
- Motors with reversable feature (eg ER Vent fans) shall have timer interlock to prevent
immediate reversal.
- The main switch is to be lockable by pad lock (to inhibit start).
- When starter is not visible at the motor, a separate start/stop switch shall be installed near
the motor.
- Bow thruster starting device shall not be placed in the same floor as bow thruster motor.
Automatic Pump Control System
- For control and monitoring of the operational pump and automatic change‐over to a
stand‐by pump if a fault occurs.
- Three adjustable timer elements are to be provided per pump in the control to ensure
proper operation. e.g.:
delayed enabling of the pressure monitoring after starting a pump (1.5 ‐ 30 sec)
delayed restarting after blackout (1.5 ‐ 30 sec)
monitoring of short pressure drops (0.5 ‐ 10 sec)

Stand‐by Automatic
- Either pump 1 or pump 2 can function as operation pump, the other pump will be selected as
stand‐by.

Alarm signals from the Main Switchboard to the Alarm and Monitoring System
- Common alarm "EARTH FAULT"
Earth fault 440 V busbar
Earth fault 230 V busbar
- Common alarm "DIESEL ENGINE" failure
- Each common alarm is due to following sub‐alarms:
Overspeed shut down
Fresh water temperature high shut down
Lub oil pressure min shut down
Start failure
- Common alarm "GENERATOR" failure
- Each generator common alarm is due to following sub‐alarms:
Short Circuit
Over current
Reverse Power
Over‐/Under voltage
Over‐/Under frequency
- Nonessential Consumer
- Common alarm "STANDBY PUMPS RUNNING"
- Alarms provided on a common terminal board in the main switchboard.


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Alarm signals for Alarm and Monitoring System (AMS)
- "Emergency Diesel Failure" (common alarm)
Lub oil pressure min
Fresh water temperature high
Over speed
- "Earth Failure 440 V/230 V"(common alarm)
440 V Earth Failure
230 V Earth Failure
- "Emergency Generator Failure"
Short circuit
Overcurrent
Winding Temp. High (common alarm if necessary)

876 ‐ Group starters

- Starters shall be of electric magnetically operated type, except starters for non‐essential
motors of 0.5kw and less may be manually operated with molded case circuit breakers or
switch only.
- Over current protection & under voltage feature shall be applied.
- Ammeter and running hour counters shall be provided for essential motors in MSB and
motor of 10kW and above. Red color mark to be provided at rated value.

877 ‐ Distribution panels & boards
Power Distribution Panel
- The panels are to be designed for wall mounting.
- Panels in accommodation without cable glands, in general flush mounting type.
- Power indicator to be provided for each distribution board.
- The panels in engine room area are of drip‐water proof design and cable inlet from below by
cable glands.
Colour RAL 7035
Supply 440V, 3‐phase
Construction Wall mounting
Mode of Protection IP22

Group Starter Panels
- Starter devices with air‐break contactors or motor protection switches will be used.
- All switching devices are to be laid out for DOL (if not mentioned otherwise).
- Switch cabinets are of drip‐water proof design.
- Each starting device comprises the following components:
MCCB, hand operated
Air‐break contactor
Thermal overload relay with 3‐phase interruption tripping

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Transformer for control voltage
Start / Stop push buttons
Running light
 A‐meter and Running hour meter for essential consumer and consumers bigger than 15kW
 Colour of panels: RAL 7035
 Supply 440V, 3‐phase
 Construction: Mounting on bulkheads
 Mode of Protection: IP 23

Individual Starter Boxes
- Starter devices with air‐break contactors or motor protection switches are to be used.
- Switch cabinets of drip‐water proof design.
- Each starting device comprises the following components:
Air‐break contactor
Thermal overload relay with 3‐phase interruption tripping
Transformer for control voltage
Start / Stop push buttons
Running light
A‐meter size and Running hour meter for essential consumer
Auxiliary contacts, control fuses, terminals, current transformers, etc.
Colour of panels: RAL 7035
Construction: Mounting on bulkheads
Mode of Protection: IP 23
- Starters of motors of 0.5kw and less may be manually operated with MCCB or motor
protection switch only.

Lighting Distribution Panel
- The panels are to be designed for wall mounting.
- Panels in accommodation without cable glands, in general flush mounting type.
- The panels for engine room area of drip‐water proof and cable inlet from below by cable
glands.
Colour RAL 7035
Construction Wall mounting
Mode of Protection IP22

Emergency Switch Off Panel
- Emergency stop device shall have self‐monitoring features like power failure and cable break.
- Emergency stop push button to be fitted with plastic covers. Box to be red painted.
- The panel is carrying a sufficient number of Switches to turn‐off following consumers, e.g. :
FO Pumps
LO Pumps

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Transfer Pumps
E/R Fans
- The switch panel to be designed for mounting on bulkheads in fire control room.
- The door of the panel to be furnished and to be locked via key.
Colour: RAL 7035
Construction: Mounting on bulkheads
Mode of Protection IP 22

Test Panel
- The test switchboard is to be of wall mounted type and installed in electrician’s workshop.
- Testing of AC and DC equipment of 24v to 450V and loads up to 7.5 kW as well as a number
of various components such as coils, lamps, fuses etc.
Colour RAL 7035
Supply 440V, 60Hz, 3‐phase and 230V, 60Hz, 3‐phase
Construction Mounting on bulkheads
Mode of Protection IP 22

Navigation and Signal Lights Panel
- 1 pc Navigation Lights Panel
Power Supply: 220 VAC mains supply
Power Supply: 220 VAC emergency supply
Power supply unit with change‐over switch for mains and emergency supply.
- Technical data:
For main and spare nautical Lanterns
Installation: Bridge Console
- 1 pc Signal Lights Panel
Power Supply: 220 VAC mains supply
Power Supply: 220 VAC emergency supply
- Power supply unit with change‐over switch for mains and emergency supply.
- Installation: Bridge Console
- 1 pc Dimmer for Panama Canal Steering Light (blue)
switch and dimmer
Installation: Bridge Console

88 ‐ Electric Cable Installation
881 – General

- The whole ship's electric installation will be constructed, designed and installed to comply
with the class rules, the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea as well as Builder's
standard practice and full compliance with IEC 60092 (Electrical installations in Ships) as
applicable.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- All AC‐systems will be executed as isolated 3‐phase system.
- Electrical equipment in machinery spaces to be designed for 45°C.
- The electric equipment to be so located that they are not exposed to excessive heat.
- If equipment is located in spaces with ambient temperature in excess of 45°C, the
temperature rise of equipment not to exceed the permissible value of corresponding
insulation class, as far as practicable.
- Electrical equipment outside machinery space may be designed for 40°C.
- Complete electrical consumption balance will be calculated including different conditions
(seagoing, maneuvering, port stay, charging/discharging, emergency).
- The electrical equipment is to be so designed that they enable easy access, good ventilation
and easy removal of components for maintenance, repair and inspection purposes. Ladders,
platforms, etc. are to be provided where necessary.
- No piping or components containing liquids (including drains) shall be arranged inside rooms
where switchboards, transformers, batteries, rectifiers, variable frequency controllers, etc.
are installed. If piping passing through cannot be avoided, piping welding joints (sleeves)
must be used, and shields must be installed above the electrical equipment / panels..
- All cables shall be marked at both ends with the cable reference numbers as per drawings.
Marks shall be fireproof with impressed letters for outside space, and be flame retardant
material for the inside places.
- The individual conductor ends in the cables shall be marked with closed ring marks. All
internal wiring in switchboards, panels, consoles, etc. shall also be marked with closed rings
at both ends with reference numbers as per drawings..
- Records of megger test results for insulation resistance of generators, emergency generator,
BCC, ECC, motors, starters, distribution panels, main and emergency switchboards to be
submitted to Buyer and included in the final documentation
- Name plates: brass for inside and SUS for weather‐exposed areas to be applied.
All name plates shall be riveted or fastened with screws. Double side tapes are not to be
used.
- Shop tests of the following electrical equipment (as also specified by the Class) to be
conducted in the presence of both the Class Surveyor and Buyer's representatives.
 Generators,
 Emergency Generator,
 Main switchboards,
 Emergency switchboard,
Voltage, Frequency and Distribution System
- In general, voltage, frequency and distribution for electric equipment to be as follows:
Item Voltage Frequency Phase Conductor
Generator 450VAC 60Hz 3 3 Wire
Power Motor 440VAC 60Hz 3 3 Wire
Power Motor (fractional horse 220VAC 60Hz 3 3 Wire
power and special service)
Electric Range and Oven 440VAC 60HZ 3 3 Wire
Heating 220VAC 60Hz 3 or 3 Wire
1 2 Wire
Main Lighting 220VAC 60Hz 1 2 Wire

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Emergency Lighting 220VAC 60Hz 1 2 Wire

Nautical Equipment 440VAC or 60Hz 3 3 Wire
220VAC or 60Hz 1 2 Wire
24 VDC ‐ ‐ 2 Wire
Interior Communication , GA, etc. 220VAC or 60 1 2 Wire
24VDC ‐ ‐ 2 Wire
Radio Equipment 440VAC or 60Hz 3 or 1 3 or 2 Wire
220VAC or 60Hz 3 or 1 3 or 2 Wire
24 VDC ‐ ‐ 2 Wire
Bow Truster 440VAC 60 Hz 3 3 Wire

Shortcuts
- Main Switchboard MSB
- Emergency Switchboard ESB
- Motor Control Centre MCC
- Distribution Board DB
- Reefer Distribution Board RDB
- Uninterruptible Power Supply UPS
- Generator Monitoring Panel GMP
- Engine Control Room ECR
- Engine Control Console ECC
- Bridge Console BC
- Radio Console RC
- Alarm and Monitoring System AMS
- ME Remote Control System RCS
- Power Management System PMS
- Power Cable Transmission PCT
- Reefer Monitoring System RMS
- Tank Management System TMS
- Remote Operator Station ROS
COLOUR
- Electric equipment
Final painted colours of metal surface for electric equipment.
Inside metal surface of electric equipment to be painted by manufacturer's standard colour.
- Busbar
A.C. system: D.C. system:
Phase R or U ... Green Positive (+) ... Red
Phase S or V ... Yellow Negative (‐) ... Blue
Phase T or W ... Brown
Earthing bar ... Black

Locations of Electrical Main Components
- Machinery Space

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

ECR / Engine Control Room:
‐ MSB 450 V / 230 V
‐ Battery charger in ECR
‐ Engine Control Console (ECC)
‐ ME Remote Control System (RCS)
‐ Generator Monitoring Panel (GMP)
‐ 1 x Workstation Alarm and Monitoring System (AMS)
‐ Stand‐alone air‐condition unit
Switchboard Compartment (part of ECR):
‐ MSB 450 V / 230 V
‐ Main Transformers (1+2)
Engine Room:
‐ Auxiliary Generator compartment PS.
‐ Auxiliary Generator compartment SB.
‐ Local Control Stand at ME (optional in ECR)
‐ Motor Control Centres MCC (in separated cabinets)
‐ Valve Cabinets Tank Measurement System
‐ Tank Management System (TMS)‐Relay Cabinet
- Emergency Generator Room:
‐ Emergency Generator
‐ Emergency Switchboard (ESB)
‐ Starting Battery
‐ Battery Charger for starting battery
‐ Shore Connection Panel 450V / 600 A
‐ Emergency Transformers (3+4)
- Electrician Workshop:
‐ Test Panel

- Ship’s area:
Bow Thruster Room
‐ Bow Thruster Motor, air‐cooled
‐ Bow Thruster Starting Device
Passage Way below Main deck
‐ Power Distribution Boxes for Reefer Sockets on deck and in holds

- Accommodation Deckhouse area:
Ship’s Office
1 x Reefer Container Monitoring Computer
1 x Loading PC
1 x PC (Owner’s Supply)
1 x LAN Rack for LAN Server (Owner’s supply)
Wheelhouse
Bridge Console
Wing Consoles
Radio Console
Ceiling Console
Battery charger

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Telephone Central Unit
PA / GA ‐ System Central Unit
VDR Central Unit
All busbars to have ample area to permit the passage of total connected load plus sufficient
spare circuit breaker rating without causing dangerous heating and as to be decided and as per
the applicable rules during the plan approval stage.
Electric Cable
- In general, cables to be constructed in accordance with IEC Publication 60092 standards and
all cables to be approved by the classification society and flame retardant characteristic of
cables to be in accordance with IEC 60332‐3, category A/F or A/F/R.
- In addition, fire resistant cables tested per IEC Publication 60331‐21/23/25/31 as applicable
to be used according to the requirement of rules.
- The cable rating to be considered for ambient temperature is +45C.
- Rated voltage of all cables to be 460V and 250V for rated voltage 440V and 220V consumer
respectively and current of all cables not to be lower than the rating of individual consumer
or motor.
- Cables to be ofXLPE insulated, tinned or plain copper wire braid, thermoplastic polyolefin
outer sheath..
- For portable appliances such as portable hand lamps and portable cargo lamps, cables to be
of flexible rubber insulated and poly‐chloroprene sheathed, and for table lamps to be of
flexible vinylcord.
- Special cables such as coaxial cables, compensating cables etc. to be used where necessary.
- All cables connected to temperature switches, pressure switches, pressure transducers,
subpanels and junction boxes to have adequate free length of cabling before their
connection.
- The free cable prior the connection to the equipment to be kept inside the housing in circle
winding and to be properly secured.
- The minimum size allowable for fixed wiring for power and lighting is 1.5 mm2. Minimum size
of multi‐core pair twisted cables for communication and instrumentation systems to be 0.5
mm2.
Cable Installation
- In general, cables run in groups to be supported with metal hangers and not more than 2
layers in one tray as far as possible.
- Cable trays should have sufficient space for future installation of cables as far as possible.
- Support for horizontal main cable ways to be installed at intervals of max 1800 and space
between cable band to be max 900mm.
- Supports for flat bar cable ways to be installed at intervals of max 1,000mm.
- Where the cables are exposed to any mechanical damage, they are to be protected by
galvanized steel plate, galvanized steel conduit or flexible tube for E/R and galvanized steel
pipe or flexible tube with suitable weather tight expansion boxes for deck, as per yard
practice.
- Cables installed under the lowest floor in engine room to be protected by galvanized tube or
flexible metal duct.
- Cables installed on mast or post on upper deck to be wired in galvanized steel pipe up to
about 2m height from the deck and above to be run on galvanized steel saddle or hanger.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- All cables passing through weather decks or watertight bulkheads to be provided with
watertight glands, deck tubes, or equivalent means such as multi‐cable transit and the cables
passing through other decks to be provided with deck tubes or coamings.
- For cables passing through beams, and non‐watertight bulkheads etc., the hole bushed with
vinyl or steel coaming to be provided on such beams and bulkheads when they are less than
6mm in thickness.
- In principle, in living quarters, i.e., all cabins, alleyway, etc., the cables to be fitted inside the
woodworks and/or walls.
- Exposed cable inside cabins/rooms with paneling to be covered with decorative cover.
- Painting of cables is to be avoided.
- For portable appliances, oil‐resistant flexible cable or cord shall be used.
- Cables from DGs to the MSB to be fed on different routes well apart from each other.
- Access is ensured to all cables and cable ways passing inside passageways.
- Cable penetration to be provided with cable gland on the connection boxes and branch
boxes on the exposed deck.
- Non‐shielded signal cables for alarm, control, communication circuit and others which may
be affected by electromagnetic interference to run separated from power cables.
- The cable to be secured with galvanized steel hoops or stainless steel PVC coated or nylon
cable tie except that cable to be secured with stainless steel hoops and buckles on part
exposed to the weather, deck stores and in Refrigerating Chamber.
- Where hangers are used for cable supports, they to be arranged, to permit painting of the
surrounding structure without undue disturbance to the installation, as per yard practice.
- Cable penetration should be as close as possible to the intended consumer and/or cable tray
routing in order to avoid unnecessary “free and unsupported routing” of the cables, as per
yard practice.
- Electrical cables should be labelled and coded by durable tags at the exits from the
switchboard, the inlets and exits of the panel boards / junction boxes / controllers and the
connections to the loads, as per yard practice.
- Cable runs are to be as far as possible clearly accessible and kept away from excessive heat
sources and from steam or exhaust gases. Cable trays shall not to be installed in spaces
exposed to dripping or accumulation of water or oily vapor.
- Generally, instrumentation and communication cables are to be installed and kept clear from
power cables per class requirements. Signal cables are to be of shielded type to avoid any
absorbed interference that may exist in the surroundings.
- Systems such as steering control shall have doubled cabling routed via clearly separated
cable trays in different decks and sides of the ship.
- Cables shall not run through ballast, fuel or any other tanks unless supplying equipment in
these tanks.
- Cable tray and hanger if used inside ballast water tanks shall be galvanized steel (the
thickness of flat bar is ~6mm).
- Main cable way trays will be considered to have sufficient space of about 15% during detail
design and construction stage.
- The individual conductor ends in the cables shall be marked with closed ring marks. All
internal wiring in switchboards, panels, consoles, etc. shall also be marked with closed rings
at both ends with reference numbers as per drawings.
- Stainless steel hangers will be provided for Refrigerated Provision store and inside FW water
tanks.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Spare signal / power cables to be provided as follows:
 CHJ86/SC‐10X2X0.75 Bridge‐ ECR 80m
 CJ86/SC‐10X1.5 Bridge‐ ECR 80m
 CHJ86/SC‐4X2X0.75 Bridge‐Navigation Equip Room 29m
 CHJ86/SC‐4X2X0.75 Bridge‐Bridge 28m
 CJ86/SC‐10X1.5 ECR –Bosun‐store 186m
 CAT6 ECR‐ShipOffice 71m
 CHJ86/SC‐7X2X0.75 ECR‐Generator Room 37m
 CJ86/NSC‐10X1.5 ECR‐Emergency Generator Room 53m
 CJ86/SC‐10X1.5 ECR‐Ship Office 48m
 CJ86/SC‐10X1.5 ECR‐ECR 20m
 CAT6 Server Room‐Ship Office 53m
-

882 ‐ Cold Store Alarm System
Cold Store Alarm System
- 3 pcs Push‐button with control lamps for meat, fish, veg. room
- 1 pc Signal horn with alarm light for outside of cold store
- 1 pc Signal horn with alarm light outside of cold store, near galley
- 1 Buzzer to be provided in wheel house
Provision Store “Lock‐In” Alarm
- An alarm system to signalize the lock‐in in the provision store area acc. to class rules to be
provided.

883 ‐ Cable Trays and Installation on Deck and in Cargo Holds
Reefer Container Equipment
- Reefer Distributions
The reefer distributions will be exclusively used to supply the reefer sockets and provided
with automatic circuit breakers for each group of sockets, supplied by 450V busbar.
Reefer monitoring equipment (i.e. modems, etc.) for PCT shall be integrated (see chapter
“Reefer Monitoring System”).
Cable supplying each group of sockets to be calculated for full loading by 40’ reefer
containers (20.5A x quantity of containers in each group).
Up to 10 container sockets are connected to one final circuit.
Sockets to be provided with individual protecting devices.
The distributions shall be arranged in the passage way PS.
Degree of protection IP22.
Alarms from the reefer distribution:
Power supply failure
Circuit breaker tripping
- Reefer Container Sockets

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

A total number of 500 receptacles for reefer containers assembled in groups will be
installed acc. GAP.
Reefers sockets to be positioned in the way that maximum length of connecting cables to
the reefers are 12 meters
The sockets will be of the 32A, 450V, (3h), 3 phases type and comply with DIN 49462, IEC
60 309 and CEE 17/2 specification.
Sockets to be installed on open deck and in cargo holds.
Degree of protection IP67.
The sockets shall be grouped as 3/4/5‐gang depending on the location of the reefer
container places, with internal circuit breaker for each socket.
Materials:
Box (housing and cover) – stainless Steel, coated
Socket flanges – plastic
Cable glands – brass
Where the water‐proof socket outlets on upper deck are exposed to rain, seawater
splashes, etc. the socket outlet to be protected with sheet steel casing.

- Reefer Monitoring System
Reefer Monitoring System of type PCT (Power Transmission Type) with Monitoring
Computer to be provided (Reefer Computer location in Ship’s office).
Data Collector of handheld type to collect data from disconnected reefer container.
provided with printer
have the ability to record reefer container temperatures, alarms, change temperature set
points, initiating defrosting.
The vessel should be equipped with filters, if necessary, for normal operation of the reefer
container monitoring system
Cargo Hold Fan Distributions
- All Cargo Hold Fans incl. electrical motors and Standstill heating are scope of delivery of the
HVAC supplier(s).
- The fans are summarized in circuits.
- Hold fans for dangerous cargo exhaust air shall be provided with starters and to have
explosion‐proof motors.
- Inlet and outlet of the impeller arranged according to rule requirement.
- All cargo hold fans are equipped with standstill heaters.
- Each outgoing feeder is to be equipped with switching and protecting devices as well as
magnetic contactor with thermal over current relay.
Test Panel
- See item 877


Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

89 ‐ Lighting & Sockets; Motors; Spares and Tools
General
- The lighting to be arranged in accordance with the rules and, so that as far as possible, it is
prevented that the trigging of a circuit breaker may cause a total black‐out of a zone.
- All fittings to be of marine type, suitable to their respective locations and watertight
construction when located in open decks and other exposed places.
- All switches to be of non‐flammable material.
- All distribution boxes to be bipolar.
- In cabins, mess rooms, recreation rooms, offices and wheelhouse fluorescent lighting fixtures
of patterns matching the decor to be fitted.
- Anti‐vibration mountings to be used in areas subject to local vibration except hanging type
lighting fixtures.
- The lighting fixtures fitted in the spaces exposed to weather to have the bodies of cast brass
or brass plate or stainless steel (including their fittings).
- Fluorescent type lights to be provided for external passageways, accommodation outside,
refrigerated chambers, chart space, cargo hold entrance passageway.
- Illumination levels shall be measured and recorded according to the Builder's standard.
- Dedicated lights to be provided at bunker station and Lux measured on first vessel.
- The general features and dimensioning of lighting fixtures to be submitted for Owner's
approval.
Lighting Fixtures
- The Lighting system is divided into normal lighting and emergency lighting.
- Fluorescent lamps to be used in the living quarters, inner passage ways and engine spaces.
- LED lamps to be used in lavatory, outer passage and stores wherever is feasible, otherwise,
incandescent lamps to be used.
- Floodlights and searchlights, mounted preferably on the cargo cranes, to be used on weather
deck.
- Explosion‐proof lamps to be used in dangerous space.
- Dual‐function Floodlights are mounted at each side of the lashing bridges for:
 serving the lashing ways on top of the lashing bridges
 after having turned at 90° to light the side shell of the ship
 Fluorescent lamps to be used to serve the lower ways of the lashing bridges
- The lighting shall be fed from the Lighting Distribution AC 230 V, 60 Hz,. Lighting fixtures and
fittings shall be of recognized marine standard type.
Sockets
- Sockets, in general, shall be of synthetic resin three pole type, one pole of which to serve as
earth connection of frame of portable appliance and shall be installed in weather protected
spaces wherever possible.
- Sockets for domestic equipment such as electric fridges, toaster, cold water fountain, Sockets
for TV / Broadcast sets to be provided.
- Network socket for computer etc. also.
- Each one (1) socket to be provided for cleaners in inner passage of each deck.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- Sockets for other equipment such as galley equipment and laundry equipment, to be
provided as occasion demands.
- Special sockets located lifeboat and rescue boat nearby to be provided for purpose of battery
charging.
- 3 pcs 230V 16A sockets each deck in E/R, and other technical spaces, Deck stores and Bosun
store
- Sufficient 440 V marine type sockets for welding machine in E/R, S/G room, deck stores and
bosun store.
- One (1) socket for daylight signal lamp to be also provided.

Switches
- Switches, in general, for lighting purposes shall be of synthetic types and to be installed
inside.

891 ‐ Electric lighting systems for engine & boiler room
Machinery and Working Spaces
- Working light to be arranged around engines and at working benches to reassure proper
working light.
- All lighting fixtures fitted under the risk of mechanical damages to be protected with guards.
Engine room
- Machinery space light should be arranged/supplied in such a manner that the failure of
anyone branch circuit not to cause any space to be entirely dark
- Above (around) main engine 4 x400W LED/Metallic Vapour flooding lighs to be provided for
engine room illumination. Additionally, 3 x 400W for D/G illumination to be provided.
- At the main crane one running floodlight to be mounted.
- Engine Room Lights to be provided with suitably protected with galvanized/coated steel
guards against mechanical damage.
Lighting in Machinery space
- LED/Metallic vapor flood lamp,
- Fluorescent lamp,
- Led lamp

892 ‐ Electric lighting systems for accommodation
Lighting in accommodation area
- Fluorescent lamp,
- LED lamp

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

Wheelhouse
- Wheelhouse lighting to be specified in accordance with wheelhouse design, but it will
additionally include dimmable red lights in the ceiling over consoles.
- All indicating lights from instruments on bridge to be dimmer controlled except warning and
emergency lights.

893 ‐ Electric lighting systems for deck & cargo holds
Lighting in space exposed to weather
- LED/Metallic vapor flood light,
- LED lamp,
- Fluorescent lamp
Cargo holds and on hatch cover lighting
- Cargo holds lighting to be supplied from separate distribution boards fitted with automatic
circuit‐breakers and contactors.
- For cargo holds, where dangerous goods can be carried and also for passages in these holds
emergency lighting installation to be done by means of fluorescent lamps in Ex‐proof
execution.
- Bilge wells and valve arrangement shall be illuminated sufficiently by means of fluorescent
lamps 18 W.
- Ex‐proof Sockets for hand lamps 230 V shall be provided at each bilge well / valve station and
near each entrance.
- The cargo hold lighting can be controlled with local switches placed.
- In the trunk below the deck’s access hatch cover each and by addressable switches from
Ship’s office interlock key switches.
- An indication of the cargo hold lighting is arranged at the bridge console.
- All non‐ex‐proof lighting to be interlocked in case of transporting Containers with Dangerous
goods in the dedicated cargo hold.
- Duct keel to be provided with lighting as per Yard practice.
- All lighting fixtures on deck to be suitably protected by anticorrosive steel guards.
Deck’s lighting
- 800W floodlights shall be installed as follows:
 One on top of the fore mast, aftwards directed
 Control from bridge console
 One pair on the end of bridge wings, forwards directed
 One pair on the end of bridge wings, aftwards directed
 Control pair‐wise each from bridge console
 Two (2) towards funnel marks for owners insignia
 Control pair‐wise from bridge console
 One (1) near the accommodation ladders each
 One (1) near the gangway/pilot ladders each

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 One (1) near the pilot ladders/life saving boat stations each
 One (1) near the life saving boat landing areas each
 One (1) near the live saving raft station (PS.)
 One (1) near the live saving raft station (SB.)
 Control local by push button (except emergency lighting) and global by bridge console
 Two (2) below shelter deck for fore mooring deck illumination
 Two (2) for mooring deck illumination aft
 Control local by push button (except emergency lighting) and from bridge console
- Outside passage ways
 Illuminated by means of fluorescent lamps 18 W mounted below the longitudinal hatch
coaming benches at each TEU bay.
 Global control from bridge console
- Place behind the deckshouse on main deck (monorail transport way)
 Fluorescent lamps 18 W each (3 m distance) to be applied at the cell guide wall.
 Control local by push button (except emergency lighting) and from bridge console
- Pirate Attack Prevention Lighting
 Six (6) dedicated pieces of the floodlights normally usable for lighting of the upper
walkway level of the lashing bridges each side are swivel‐mounted to function as
illumination of the side shell against pirate attack.
 The floodlights to be turned manually in preset positions and be plugged in extra
sockets.
 Global remote control from bridge console mounted interlock key switches.
- Other Deck Lighting (i. e. bunker stations etc.)
 Control local by push button (except emergency lighting) and global by bridge console
- All distribution boards to be fitted with automatic circuit‐breakers and contactors.
- All non‐ex‐proof lighting to be interlocked in case of transporting Containers with Dangerous
goods in the dedicated cargo hold, if exposed to dangerous zones near ventilation outlets acc.
the rules.
- LED/Metallic Vapour floodlights to be provided for fore, upper deck and aft deck illumination;
ship's name and main deck side, between container line.
Deck’s lighting Lashing bridges
- Lashing bridges/lower walkway level
 Illuminated by fluorescent lamps 18 W at each container row, mounted below upper
walkway structure at aft ends each.
 Two sockets near the sides for each lashing bridge at a height of 2 m
- Lashing bridges/upper walkway level
 Illuminated by one (1) side mounted floodlight 500 W each
- Lashing corridors (20’/20’ gaps)
 Socket‐outlets with switches 230V to be provided for portable lamps and tools.
 Portable lamps with suitable connection abilities to movable railings on walkway sides
to be provided for all lashing corridors at both sides, fixed near the sockets.
 The lighting control is connected to the adjacent aft lashing bridge each.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- All non‐ex‐proof lighting and sockets to be located as high as possible to ensure proper
distance to the ventilation outlets in case of transporting Containers with Dangerous goods in
the dedicated cargo hold.
- Adequate number of 24V 60W portable lamps, each with fifteen meter flexible chord and
plug with protected cover and hook to be provided.
- In accordance to the yard practice four (4) sockets to be provided, one each at the hatch
coaming corners.

Portable Type Cargo Lamps
- Each four (4) portable type cargo lamps to be supplied for each cargo hold.
- All of these portable lamps to have 20 m flexible cable with plug.
- Sockets in deck stores

Suez Canal Light
- Owner’s Supply

Control of Lighting
- The outside flood lights to be controlled by respective switches on the group switch panel in
the wheelhouse and deck office.
- The lamps for mooring and anchoring space lighting shall be locally controlled also.
- Control of Crane Flood lightning locally controlled also in Crane cabin.
- The lighting fixture in pipe duct shall be controlled by two‐pole two‐way switches and shall
be installed in each entrance.

898 ‐ Electric motors

- All motors shall be of squirrel cage rotor, induction type unless specially noted and class B or
F insulation depending on motor size.
- Isolation Classes:
 IP56 : Exposed on weather
 IP44 : Motors with a capacity up to 55 kW, located below the floor in the engine
room and located in the purifier space, steering gear room and bosun store
 IP23 : Accommodation and other space
- Motors above 30 kW and motors on weather deck shall be equipped with space heater.
- Totally enclosed type (IP44) for, emergency fire pump and motors below floor in engine
room, provision refrigerating room, purifier room, galley and similar spaces.
- Water‐proof type (IP56) for motors exposed to weather.
- Drip‐proof type (IP22) for motors in accommodation and other dry spaces.
- Motors for windlass and mooring winch, provision crane, life boat davit, air conditioning
central unit fan, ER / hold fans, ME air blowers, motors in lower E/R platform and hydraulic
systems and motors of 10kW and above to be fitted with space or winding heater.

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

- High efficiency motors to be applied for all machinery continuously running at normal sea
going, cargo handling and rest in port (included but not limited to ER Fans, Acc fans, SW/FW
cool‐ME LO pps, purifiers, steering gear, prov ref plant, etc.).
- In general, motors to be arranged to start direct on line (DOL), but for 100 kW and above
large capacity motors, reduced voltage starting means to be adopted.
- In case of the (ESBD feeder), for motors of capacity greater than the 10% of the E/G electrical
output, magnetic reduced voltage starting means (Star‐Delta or auto transformer starting
method in general) to be applied.
- Frequency controlled motors
 The following electrical motors are provided with PWM‐frequency converters each:
 2 pcs. Motors for Ballast water Pumps
 2 pcs. Motors for Sea water cooling pumps with two frequency converters
each
- Bow Thruster Motor
 Type: Three Phase Squirrel Cage Induction Type
 Motor Output: 1,200 kW
 Source Supply: fed by MSB busbar with auto. transformer reducing voltage
 Voltage: 440 VAC
 Protection: IP44
 Duty: S2 (60min)
 Insulation: F
 Cooling: Air‐cooled
 Safety Equipment: 6 temp sensors in winding type PT100 for alarm. 3 in use and 3
spare
 Bow thruster starting device shall not be placed in the same floor as bow thruster
motor

899 ‐ Spare and Tools
- Measuring equipment
 1 ‐ DC 500V portable megger (100 Meg‐ohm, transistor type)
 1 ‐ Portable AC voltmeter/ammeter
 1 ‐ Portable circuit tester
 2 ‐ Portable DC voltmeter (minus 2‐0‐plus 2V)
 1 ‐ Voltage detector (neon lamp type AC/DC 600V)
- Tool
 1 ‐ Soldering iron (100W, AC 220V) with two spare heating elements
 1 ‐ Soldering iron (40W, AC 220V) with two spare heating elements
 1 ‐ Pliers (20 cm)
 1 ‐ Nipper (15 cm)
 1 ‐ Adjustable spanner (25 cm)
 Each 3 ‐ "+" and "‐" screw driver, each one of 5, 10 and 15 cm
 1 ‐ Jack knife
 1 ‐ Leather band with sack for tool
 1 ‐ Rubber glover (for 450 V)
 1 ‐ Funnel
 1 ‐ Electrolyte bucket

Tel.:+49 381 609 12960 FAX +49 381 60912925

 1‐ Test kit of the analogue type for calibration of temperature sensors/ gauges and
pressure sensors/gauges
- Special tools for maintenance and overhauling for electric machines shall be supplied in
accordance with manufacturer's supplying standard.


RUBY 3100 - SPECIFICATION-Rev. CH4 - 2021-10-12

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

RUBY 3100 - SPECIFICATION-Rev. CH4 - 2021-10-12

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Neptun Ship Design GmbH

ship design / marine engineering

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN 18057 Rostock, K.-Dunkelmann-Str. 4, Geb. 247

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

Part 41, 42 – NAVIGATION, COMMUNICATION

Part 79 – AUTOMATION SYSTEM FOR MACHINERY

Part 86-89 – ELECTRIC

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

10 - General Description ......................................................................................... 3

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

102 - Type of Vessel

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

103 - Principle Dimensions

Length (overall) approx. 199.98 m

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

104 - Class and Flag

105 - Cargo Capacity

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

P.2.1 P.31 P.4 IIB T4, P.5.1 P.6.1 P.7 P.8 P.10.1

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

fixed gas fire

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

106 - Tank Capacities

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

109 - Speed, Cruising Range and Fuel Oil Consumption

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

12 - Noise and Vibration

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

123 - Sound Insulation

13 - Rules and Regulations

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL

RUBY 3100 NEPTUN ship design / marine engineering

3100TEU CONTAINER VESSEL